N-hydroxy-2-(alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl sulfanyl, sulfinyl or sulfonyl)-3-substituted alkyl, aryl or heteroarylamides as matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors

Abstract

Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) are a group of enzymes that have been implicated in the pathological destruction of connective tissue and basement membranes. These zinc containing endopeptidases consist of several subsets of enzymes including collagenases, stromelysins and gelatinases. TNF-α converting enzyme (TACE), a pro-inflammatory cytokine, catalyzes the formation of TNF-α from membrane bound TNF-α precursor protein. It is expected that small molecule inhibitors of MMPs and TACE therefore have the potential for treating a variety of disease states. The present invention provides low molecular weight, non-peptide inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) and TNF-α converting enzyme (TACE) for the treatment of arthritis, tumor metastasis, tissue ulceration, abnormal wound healing, periodontal disease, bone disease, diabetes (insulin resistance) and HIV infection. The compounds of this invention are represented by the formula where R1, R2, R3 and R4 are described herein.

Description

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) are a group of enzymes that have been implicated in the pathological destruction of connective tissue and basement membranes. These zinc containing endopeptidases consist of several subsets of enzymes including collagenases, stromelysins and gelatinases. Of these classes, the gelatinases have been shown to be the MMPs most intimately involved with the growth and spread of tumors. It is known that the level of expression of gelatinase is elevated in malignancies, and that gelatinase can degrade the basement membrane which leads to tumor metastasis. Angiogenesis, required for the growth of solid tumors, has also recently been shown to have a gelatinase component to its pathology. Furthermore, there is evidence to suggest that gelatinase is involved in plaque rupture associated with atherosclerosis. Other conditions mediated by MMPs are restenosis, MMP-mediated osteopenias, inflammatory diseases of the central nervous system, skin aging, tumor growth, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, septic arthritis, corneal ulceration, abnormal wound healing, bone disease, proteinuria, aneurysmal aortic disease, degenerative cartilage loss following traumatic joint injury, demyelinating diseases of the nervous system, cirrhosis of the liver, glomerular disease of the kidney, premature rupture of fetal membranes, inflammatory bowel disease, periodontal disease, age related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, proliferative vitreoretinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, ocular inflammation, keratoconus, Sjogren's syndrome, myopia, ocular tumors, ocular angiogenesis/neo-vascularization and corneal graft rejection. For recent reviews, see: (1) Recent Advances in Matrix Metalloproteinase Inhibitor Research, R. P. Beckett, A. H. Davidson, A. H. Drummond, P. Huxley and M. Whittaker, Research Focus, Vol. 1, 16-26, (1996), (2) Curr. Opin. Ther. Patents (1994) 4(1): 7-16, (3) Curr. Medicinal Chem. (1995) 2: 743-762, (4) Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents (1995) 5(2): 1087-110, (5) Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents (1995) 5(12): 1287-1196.

THF-α converting enzyme (TACE) catalyzes the formation of TNF-α from membrane bound THF-α precursor protein. TNF-α is a pro-inflammatory cytokine that is now thought to have a role in rheumatoid arthritis, septic shock, graft rejection, cachexia, anorexia, inflammation, congestive heart failure, inflammatory disease of the central nervous system, inflammatory bowel disease, insulin resistance and HIV infection in addition to its well documented antitumor properties. For example, research with anti- TNF-α antibodies and transgenic animals has demonstrated that blocking the formation of TNF-α inhibits the progression of arthritis. This observation has recently been extended to humans as well.

It is expected that small molecule inhibitors of MMPs and TACE therefore have the potential for treating a variety of disease states. While a variety of MMP and TACE inhibitors have been identified and disclosed in the literature, the vast majority of these molecules are peptidic and peptide-like compounds that one would expect to have bioavailability and pharmacokinetic problems common to such compounds that would limit their clinical effectiveness. Low molecular weight, potent, long acting, orally bioavailable inhibitors of MMPs and/or TACE are therefore highly desirable for the potential chronic treatment of the above mentioned disease states.

Recently, two references have appeared (U.S. Pat. No. 5,455,258 and European Patent Appl. 606,046) that disclose arylsulfonamido-substituted hydroxyamic acids. These documents cover compounds exemplified by CGS 27023A. These are the only non-peptide matrix metalloproteinases inhibitors disclosed to date.

Salah et al., Liebigs Ann. Chem. 195, (1973) discloses some aryl substituted thio and aryl substituted sulfonyl acetohydroxamic acid derivatives of general formula 1. These compounds were prepared to study the Mannich reaction. Subsequently, they were tested for their fungicidal activity.

Some sulfone carboxylic acids are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,933,367. Those compounds were shown to exhibit hypoglycemic activity.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to novel, low molecular weight, non-peptide inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) and TNF-α converting enzyme (TACE) for the treatment of arthritis, tumor metastasis, tissue ulceration, abnormal wound healing, periodontal disease, bone disease, diabetes (insulin resistance) and HIV infection.

In accordance with this invention there is provided a group of compounds of general formula I

wherein:

R 1 is alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

cycloalkyl of 3 to 8 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

saturated or unsaturated mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 7 , optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

or heteroaryl-(CH 2 ) 0-6 — wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

A is —S—, —SO— or SO 2 —;

R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H;

alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having from 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having from 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

arylalkyl of 7 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

biphenylalkyl of 13 to 18 carbon atoms, where biphenyl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

arylalkenyl of 8 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

cycloalkylalkyl or bicycloalkylalkyl of 4 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 7 , optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

R 8 R 9 N—C 1 -C 6 -alkoxyaryl-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl where R 8 and R 9 are independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl or R 8 and R 9 together with the interposed nitrogen forms a 5-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring optionally containing an oxygen atom, wherein the aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl;

or heteroaryl-(CH 2 ) 0-6 — wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

R 4 is hydrogen,

alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkyenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

C 3 to C 8 cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 7 , optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

R 5 is H, C 7 -C 11 aroyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CHO, C 1 to C 12 alkyl, C 2 to C 12 alkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C 3 -C 6 alkenyloxy, C 3 -C 6 alkynyloxy, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyheteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino alkoxy, C 1 -C 2 alkylene dioxy, aryloxy-C 1 -C 6 alkyl amine, C 1 -C 12 perfluoro alkyl, S(O) n —C 1 -C 6 alkyl or S(O) n -aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; OCOOalkyl, OCOOaryl, OCONR 6 , COOH, COO—C 1 -C 6 alkyl, COOaryl, CONR 6 R 6 , CONHOH, NR 6 R 6 , SO 2 NR 6 R 6 , NR 6 SO 2 aryl, NR 6 CONR 6 R 6 , NHSO 2 CF 3 , SO 2 NHheteroaryl, SO 2 NHCOaryl, CONHSO 2 —C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CONHSO 2 aryl, SO 2 NHCOaryl, CONHSO 2 —C 1 -C 6 alkyl, CONHSO 2 aryl, NH 2 , OH, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 to C 8 cycloalkyl; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 7 ; wherein aryl is phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or hydroxy and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heteroaryl group and contains a heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 7 ;

R 6 is H, C 1 to C 18 alkyl optionally substituted with OH; C 3 to C 6 alkenyl, C 3 to C 6 alkynyl, C 1 to C 6 perfluoroalkyl, S(O) n —C 1 -C 6 alkyl or aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; or COheteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered mono or bicyclic heteroaryl group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S or N—C 1 -C 6 alkyl and aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or hydroxy,

and R 7 is R 6 or forms a bond;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

A more preferred aspect of the present invention is the group of compounds of general formula (Ia):

wherein:

R 1 is alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one to two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

cycloalkyl of 3 to 8 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one to two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

saturated or unsaturated mono or bicyclic heterocycle of from 5 to 10 members containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 7 , optionally substituted with one to two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

or heteroaryl-(CH 2 ) 1-6 — wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 6 membered with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

A is —S—, —SO— or SO 2 —;

R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H;

alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

arylalkyl of 7 to 16 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 biphenylalkyl of 13 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

arylalkenyl of 8 to 16 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

cycloalkylalkyl or bicycloalkylalkyl of 4 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

saturated or unsaturated mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 7 , optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

R 8 R 9 N—C 1 -C 6 -alkoxyaryl-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl where R 8 and R 9 are independently selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl or R 8 and R 9 together with the interposed nitrogen forms a 5-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring optionally containing an oxygen atom, wherein the aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl;

or heteroaryl-(CH 2 ) 0-6 — wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

R 4 is hydrogen, or alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R 5 ;

R 5 is H, C 7 -C 11 aroyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CHO, C 1 to C 6 alkyl, C 1 to C 6 alkoxy, C 1 to C 6 alkylamino-C 1 to C 6 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C 3 to C 6 alkenyloxy, C 3 to C 6 alkynyloxy, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyheteroaryl, aryloxy-C 1 to C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 2 -alkylene dioxy, C 1 -C 6 perfluoro alkyl, S(O) n —C 1 to C 6 alkyl, S(O) n -aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; OCONR 6 , COOH, COO—C 1 to C 6 alkyl, COOaryl CONR 6 R 6 , CONHOH, NR 6 R 6 , SO 2 NR 6 R 6 , NR 6 SO 2 aryl, NR 6 CONR 6 , NHSO 2 CF 3 , NH 2 , OH, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 to C 8 cycloalkyl, saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 7 ; wherein aryl is phenyl or naphthyl and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heterocycle having a heteroatom selected from O, S, or NR 7 ;

R 6 is H, C 1 to C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with OH; C 3 to C 6 alkenyl; C 3 to C 6 alkynyl; C 1 to C 6 perfluoro alkyl; S(O) n C 1 to C 6 alkyl or aryl, or COheteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered mono or bicyclic heteroaryl group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S or N—C 1 -C 6 alkyl and aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, or hydroxy

and R 7 is R 6 or forms a bond,

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

The most preferred group of compounds are those of the following formula (Ib):

in which:

R 1 is phenyl, naphthyl, alkyl of 1-18 carbon atoms, heteroaryl such as pyridyl, thienyl, imidazolyl or furanyl optionally substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 6 -C 10 aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy, C 3 -C 6 alkenyloxy, C 3 -C 6 alkynyloxy, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxyheteroaryl, halogen, S(O) n —C 1 -C 6 alkyl where n is 0, 1 or 2; thienyl or furanyl optionally subsituted by C 1 -C 6 alkyl; wherein aryl is phenyl or naphthyl and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heteroaromatic group having a heteroatom selected from O, S, or NR 7 ;

A is —S—, —SO— or —SO 2 —;

R 2 is alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, alkynyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds or pyridylalkyl in which the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms;

R 3 is alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms; alkenyl of 3 to 10 carbon atoms; alkadienyl of 4 to 14 carbon atoms; alkynyl of 3 to 10 carbon atoms; arylalkyl of 7 to 12 carbon atoms; biphenylalkyl of 13 to 18 carbon atoms; cycloalkylalkyl where the cycloalkyl moiety has 4 to 7 carbon atoms and the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms; piperidinyl-C 1 -C 6 alkoxyaryl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, phenoxy-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, di(C 1 -C 6 )alkylamino-C 1 -C 6 alkoxyaryl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, morpholinyl-C 1 -C 6 alkoxyaryl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or azepanyl-C 1 -C 6 alkoxyaryl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylamino-C 1 -C 6 alkoxyaryl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl; arylalkenyl of 8 to 16 carbon atoms; pyridinyl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl or quinolinyl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and

R 4 is hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

The terms alkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and heteroaryl defined above are further defined herein. The term “alkyl” means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group, and unless defined differently above, refers to a lower alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbons such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, or hexyl. The term “aryl” refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms unless defined differently above, and refers to phenyl or naphthyl groups. The term “heterocycle” refers to a saturated or unsaturated, but non aromatic mono or bicyclic ring system having, unless defined otherwise above, from 5 to 10 atoms of which one to three atoms are heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N. Examples of heterocycles are pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, tetrahydrofuran, dihydropyran, thiazolidine, oxazolidine, decahydroquinoline, decahydroisoquinoline, oxathiazolidine, and the like. The term “heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic heterocycle having from 5 to 10 members with 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N, unless otherwise defined, and is represented by the heterocycles pyridine, furan, thiophene, indole, indazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, benzofuran, benzothiophene, and the like.

The most preferred matrix metalloproteinase and TACE inhibiting compounds of this invention are:

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide,

3-(biphenyl-4-yl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(N,N-diisoprpyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-pyridin-3-yl-propionamide,

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-quinolin-6-yl-propionamide,

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide,

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide, and

2R*-(4-methoxy-phenyl-S*-sulfinyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

It is understood that the definition of the compounds of formulas I, Ia and Ib, when R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 contains asymmetric carbons, encompass all possible stereoisomers and mixtures thereof which posses the activity discussed below. In particular, it encompasses racemic modifications and any optical isomers which possesses the indicated activity. Optical isomers may be obtained in pure form by standard separation techniques. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts are those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic and inorganic acids such as lactic, citric, acetic, tartaric, succinic, maleic, malonic, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, phosphoric, nitric, sulfuric, methanesulfonic, and similarly known acceptable acids.

The present invention accordingly provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of this invention in combination or association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In particular, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises an effective amount of compound of this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The compositions are preferably adapted for oral administration. However, they may be adapted for other modes of administration, for example, parenteral administration for patients.

In order to obtain consistency of administration, it is preferred that a composition of the invention is in the form of a unit dose. Suitable unit dose forms include tablets, capsules, and powders in sachets or vials. Such unit dose forms may contain from 0.1 to 100 mg of a compound of the invention. The compounds of the present invention can be administered orally at a dose range of about 0.01 to 100 mg per kg. Such composition may be administered from 1 to 6 times a day, more usually from 1 to 4 times a day.

The compositions of the invention may be formulated with conventional excipients, such as fillers, a disintegrating agent, a binder, a lubricant, a flavoring agent, and the like. They are formulated in conventional manner.

Also according to the present invention, there are provided processes for producing the compounds of the present invention.

PROCESS OF THE INVENTION

The compounds of the present invention may be prepared according to one of the general processes out lined below.

As outlined in scheme 1, the appropriately substituted mercaptan derivative was alkylated using either substituted or unsubstituted (Scheme 2) α-bromo acetic acid ester derivative in refluxing acetone using K 2 CO 3 as base. The sulphide derivative thus obtained was oxidized using m-chloroperbenzoic acid in CH 2 Cl 2 or by using Oxone in methanol/water. The sulfone obtained from the above mentioned process can be either further alkylated using variety of alkyl halides to obtain the disubstituted derivative or it can be hydrolyzed using NaOH/MeOH at room temp. However instead of using the ethyl ester, if the tertiary butyl ester is present, the hydrolysis can be carried out with TFA/CH 2 Cl 2 at room temperature. Subsequently, the carboxylic acid obtained was converted to the hydroxamic acid derivative by reaction with oxalyl chloride/DMF (catalytic) and hydroxyl amine/triethyl amine.

As outlined in Scheme 3, the sulfide derivative can be further alkylated using lithium bis(trimethyl silyl)amide in THF at 0° C. The alkylated or mono substituted compound was hydrolyzed and converted to the hydroxamic acid derivative. The sulfinyl derivatives were prepared by oxidizing the sulfide hydroxamic acid derivatives with H 2 O 2 in MeOH solution.

The corresponding is 1-substituted-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamides were prepared starting from diethanolamine and appropriately substituted alkyl or aryl halides (Scheme 4). The N-substituted diethanol amine derivatives were converted to the dichloro compounds using thionyl chloride. The corresponding dichlorides were reacted with substituted sulfonyl acetic acid ethyl ester derivatives in the presence of K 2 CO 3 /18-Crown-6 in boiling acetone. 1-substituted-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic Acid ethyl

esters thus obtained were converted to the hydroxy amide as outlined in Scheme 4. Alternatively these classes of compounds and other heterocycles can be prepared as indicated in Scheme 5 and 6.

Alternatively, Schemes 7 to 11 show methods for the preparation of hydroxamic acid compounds using a solid phase support

The 4-O-methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin (hydroxylamine resin) may be coupled with a 2-halo acid to give the hydroxamate ester resin. The coupling reaction may be carried out in the presence of carbodiimide, such as DIC, in an inert solvent such as DMF at room temperature. The halogen group may be displaced with a thiol in the presence of a base, such as DBU, in an inert solvent such as THF at room temperature. The sulfide may be oxidized to the sulfoxide by reaction with an oxidizing agent such as tert-butylhydroperoxide in the presence of an acid catalyst such as benzenesulfonic acid, in an inert solvent such as DCM at room temperature. Alternatively, the sulfide may be oxidized to the sulfone by reaction with an oxidizing agent such as meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, in an inert solvent such as DCM at room temperature. The sulfide, sulfoxide, or sulfone may be treated with and acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid, in and inert solvent such as DCM to liberate the free hydroxamic acid.

Scheme 8 shows a method of preparing hydroxamic acids having alkoxy groups attached to the aromatic ring.

The hydroxylamine resin may be coupled with the 2-halo acid and the halo group may be displaced by fluorobenzenethiol as previously described. The fluoro group may then be displaced with an alcohol in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, in an inert solvent such as DMF at about 80° C. The alkoxybenzenesulfanyl hydroxamate ester may then be oxidized either to the corresponding sulfinyl or sulfonyl hydroxamate ester as previously described. The free hydroxamic acids may be liberated as previously described.

Scheme 9 shows a method of preparing 2-bisarylsulfanyl-, sulfinyl-, and sulfonylhydroxamic acids.

The hydroxylamine resin may be coupled with the 2-halo acid and the halo group may be displaced by bromobenzenethiol as previously described. The bromobenzenesulfanyl hydroxamate ester may then be oxidized either to the corresponding sulfinyl or sulfonyl hydroxamate ester as previously described. The bromo group may then be replaced with an aryl group by reaction with the arylboronic acid in the presence of a catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0), and a base such as sodium carbonate, in an inert solvent such as DME at about 80° C. The free hydroxamic acids may be liberated as previously described.

Scheme 10 shows a method of preparing hydroxamic acids having amine groups attached to the aromatic ring.

The hydroxylamine resin may be coupled with the 2-halo acid and the halo group may be displaced by bromobenzenethiol as previously described. The bromo group may then be displaced with an amine in the presence of a catalyst such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0) and a ligand such as (S)-BINAP and a base such as sodium tert-butoxide, in an inert solvent such as dioxane at about 80° C. The free hydroxamic acids may be liberated as previously described.

Scheme 11 shows a method of preparing hydroxamic acids having sulfonate groups attached to the aromatic ring.

The hydroxylamine resin may be coupled with the 2-halo acid and the halo group may be displaced by hydroxybenzenethiol as previously described. The hydroxybenzenesulfanyl hydroxamate ester may then be oxidized either to the corresponding sulfinyl or sulfonyl hydroxamate ester as previously described. The hydroxy group may then be sulfonylated by reaction with a sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, in an inert solvent such as DCM at about room temperature. The free hydroxamic acids may be liberated as previously described.

The following examples are presented to illustrate rather than limit the scope of the invention. The reagents and intermediates used herein are either commercially available or readily prepared according to standard literature procedures by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis. The compounds of Examples 110-240 were prepared using solid phase synthetic methods.

EXAMPLE 1

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionamide

To stirred solution of 4-methoxybenzenethiol (2.8 gm, 20 mmol) and anhydrous K 2 CO 3 (10 gm, excess) in dry acetone (100 ml), ethyl 2-bromo-propionate (3.6 gm, 20 mmol) was added in a round bottom flask and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 8 hours with good stirring. At the end, reaction was allowed to cool and the potassium salts were filtered off and the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was extracted with chloroform and washed with H 2 O and 0.5 N NaOH solution. The organic layer was further washed well with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester as a light yellow oil. Yield 4.5 gms (94%); MS; 241 (M+H) + .

To a stirred solution of 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (2.44 g, 10 mmol), in THF (100 ml) at −4° C., lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1 M solution, 15 ml, 15 mmol) was added slowly. The orange colored reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes and then it was cooled to 0° C. at which time it was stirred for an additional hour. The temperature of the mixture was again brought to −40° C. and benzylbromide (1.72 gm, 10 mmol) was added dropwise in THF. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight before it was quenched with ice water, extracted with chloroform and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated and chromatographed on a silica-gel column with 10% ethyl acetate:hexane to afford 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester as a colorless oil. Yield: 860 mg, (26%); MS: 331 (M+H) + .

2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.12 g, 12 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (20 ml) was added. The reaction was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with 1:1 hexane:diethyl ether and extracted with H 2 O. The water layer was cooled with ice and acidified to pH 3. The acid was then extracted with chloroform and the organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford of 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid as a low melting solid. Yield 580 mg, 16%; MS: 303.2 (M+H) + .

To a stirred solution of 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid (0.5 g, 1.65 mmol) and DMF (2 drops) in CH 2 Cl 2 (100 ml) at 0° C., oxalyl chloride (1.0 gm, 8 mmol) was added in a drop-wise manner. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Simultaneously, in a separate flask a mixture of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.0 gm, 29 mmol) and triethylamine (5 ml, excess) was stirred in THF:water (5:1, 30 ml) at 0° C. for 1 hour. At the end of 1 hour, the oxalyl chloride reaction mixture was concentrated and the pale yellow residue was dissolved in 10 ml of CH 2 Cl 2 and added slowly to the hydroxylamine at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours and concentrated. The residue obtained was extracted with chloroform and washed well with water. The product obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography and eluted with ethyl acetate. The N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxyphenylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionamide was isolated as a colorless solid. mp 88° C.; Yield, 300 mg, 57%; MS: 318 (M+H) + ; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.32 (s, 3H), 3.07 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 6.83-7.36 (m, 9H).

EXAMPLE 2

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-phenyl-acetamide

2-(4-Methoxyphenylsulfanyl)-phenylacetic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in Example 1. Starting from ethyl α-bromophenyl acetate (7.18 g, 31.4 mmol) and 4-methoxythiophenol (4.4 g, 31.4 mmol), 8.5 g of the product was isolated as a light yellow oil. Yield 90%; MS: 303.1 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-phenyl acetic acid was prepared starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-phenyl-acetic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 10 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (20 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as in Example 1. Yield 1.9 g, 70%. Low melting solid. MS: 273 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-phenyl acetic acid (1.05 g, 3.83 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 154 mg of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-phenyl-acetamide was isolated as a colorless solid. mp 155° C.; Yield 14%; MS: 290 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ3.72 (s, 3H), 4.68 (s; 1H), 6.86-7.44 (m, 9H).

EXAMPLE 3

2-(4-Methox-phenylsulfanyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2,5-di-ethyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared following the procedure of Example 1, second paragraph. Starting from (4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.5 g, 14.3 mmol), and isoprenyl bromide (2.25 g, 15 mmol), 2.2 g of the product was isolated as an oil. Yield 50%; MS: 310 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid was prepared starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (2.0 g, 6.4 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (20 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 1. Yield is 1.9 g, 99% of low melting solid. MS: 280 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid (1.67 g, 5.8 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.5 g of 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid. mp 89° C.; Yield 94%; MS: 296 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.34 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 2.41-2.58 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 5.17 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 4

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyramide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method of Example 1. Starting from ethyl 2-bromo-3-methyl-butanoate (20.9 g, 100 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzenethiol (14.0 g, 100 mmol), 30 g of the product was isolated. Yield 99%; Light yellow oil; MS: 271 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid was prepared starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester (5.8 g, 21.6 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 1. Yield 5.0 g, 99%. Low melting solid. MS: 242 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid (4.39 g, 18.3 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.5 g of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyramide was isolated as a colorless solid. mp 119° C.; Yield 33%; MS: 256 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.90-1.07 (m, 6H), 1.84-1.96 (m, 1H), 3.07 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 6.88 (d, J=15 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=15 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 5

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionamide

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionamide (400 mg, 1.26 mmol) (prepared in Example 1) was dissolved in methanol (100 ml) and 30% H 2 O 2 (10 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature at which time it was cooled to 0° C. and quenched with saturated Na 2 SO 3 (20 ml) solution. The reaction mixture became cloudy. It was stirred for 4 hours before it was concentrated in a room temperature water bath, diluted with water, extracted with CHCl 3 and washed with H 2 O. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The title compound was isolated by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 75% ethylacetate:hexane. Low melting solid. Yield: 220 mg (52%); MS: 334.1 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): d 1.11 (s, 2H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 7.00-7.61 (m, 9H).

EXAMPLE 6

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic hydroxyamide (900 mg, 3.0 mmol) (prepared in Example 3) and following the procedure outlined in Example 5, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid. Yield: 104 mg (10%); mp 108° C.; MS: 312 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.88 (s, 3H), 1.59 (s, 3H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.80 (m, 2H), 5.02 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 7

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-3-methyl-butyramide

Starting from N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyramide (1 g, 3.9 mmol) as prepared in Example 4, and following the procedure of Example 5, N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-3-methyl-butyramide was isolated as a colorless solid. Yield: 420 mg (40%); mp 163° C.; MS: 272 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.89-1.12 (m, 6H), 1.63-1.74 (m, 1H), 3.13 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 6.94-7.65 (m, 4H).

EXAMPLE 8

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-2-phenyl-acetamide

Starting from N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-phenyl-acetamide (240 mg, 0.83 mmol) as prepared in Example 2, and following the procedure outlined in Example 5, N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-2-phenyl-acetamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 100 mg (40%); mp 135° C.; MS 304 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ3.75 (s, 3H), 4.38 (s, 1H), 6.92-7.69 (m, 9H)

EXAMPLE 9

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionamide

To a stirred solution of 4-methoxybenzenethiol (2.8 gm, 20 mmol) and anhydrous K 2 CO 3 (10 gm, excess) in dry acetone (100 ml), α-bromo ethyl acetate (3.3 gm, 20 mmol) was added in a round bottom flask and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 8 hours with good stirring. At the end, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool and the potassium salts were filtered off and the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was extracted with chloroform and washed with H 2 O and 0.5 N NaOH solution. The organic layer was further washed well with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. (4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester was isolated as pale yellow oil. Yield: 4.4 g (100%); MS; 227 (M+H) + .

To a stirred solution of 60% 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (14.0 gm, 40 mmol) in methylene chloride (100 ml) at 0° C., (4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (4.4 g, 20 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (15 ml) was added slowly. The reaction mixture turned cloudy and was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with hexanes (300 ml) and stirred for 15 minutes. The solids were filtered off and Na 2 SO 3 solution was added to the organic layer which was stirred for at least 3 hours before the mixture was extracted with CHCl 3 and washed with H 2 O. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated and the colorless (4-methoxy-phenylsulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester was isolated as an oil. Yield: 100%; MS: 259.1 (M+H) + .

To stirred solution of the (4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (2.5 g, 10 mmol), benzyl bromide (1.8 gm, 10 mmol) and 18-Crown-6 (500 mg) in acetone (250 ml) was added K 2 CO 3 (10 gms, excess) and the mixture was refluxed for 24 hours. At the end, the reaction mixture was filtered and the acetone layer was concentrated. The residue obtained was extracted with chloroform, washed well with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The product obtained was purified by silica-gel column chromatography, eluting with 30% ethyl acetate:hexane. The product, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was isolated as a low melting solid. Yield. 3.0 gm 86%; Low melting solid; MS: 349 (M+H) + .

To a stirred solution of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (348 mg, 1 mmol) in methanol (25 ml), 10 N NaOH (10 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. At the end, the reaction mixture was concentrated and carefully neutralized with dilute HCl. The residue obtained was extracted with chloroform, washed well with water, dried and concentrated. The product obtained was purified by silica-gel column chromatography by eluting with ethyl acetate:methanol (95:5) to afford 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid as a colorless oil. Yield: 250 mg, 89%; MS: 321 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid (200 mg, 0.625 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 150 mg of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionamide was isolated as a brown solid. Yield: 71%; mp 180° C.; MS: 336 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ3.2 (m, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.0-4.2 (m, 2H), 7.0-8.0 (m, 9H).

EXAMPLE 10

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-hexanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in Example 1. Starting from ethyl 2-bromo hexanoate (7 g, 32 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzenethiol (4.2 g, 30 mmol), 8.3 g of the product was isolated. Yield 98%; Light yellow oil; MS: 283 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-hexanoic acid ethyl ester. (2.8 g 10 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 3 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid ethyl ester was isolated as a colorless solid. Yield: 95%; mp 62° C.; MS: 314 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid ethyl ester (2 g, 6.3 mmol) 1.5 g (83%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid was isolated as a colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Mp 116° C.; MS: 287 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid (1.0 g, 3.1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1,700 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid. Yield: 60%; mp 130° C.; MS: 302 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ0.786 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.1-1.3 (m, 4H), 1.6-1.8 (m, 2H), 3.7 (m, 1H), 3.9 (s, 3H),7.2 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 7.8 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 9.3 (s, 1H), 10.9 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 11

2-(4-Methoxy-benzene sulfonyl)-tetradecanoic hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-tetradecanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in Example 1. Starting from the corresponding ethyl-2-bromomyristate (5.0 g, 14.9 mmol) and 4-methoxythiophenol (1.9 g, 13.4 mmol), 5.0 g of the product was isolated. Yield 98%; Light yellow oil; MS: 393 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-tetradecanoic acid ethyl ester. (3.9 g 10 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 3.2 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-tetradecanoic acid ethyl ester was isolated as a colorless solid. yield: 76%; Oil; MS: 425 (M+H) + .

Stating from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-tetradecanoic acid ethyl ester (2.5 g, 5.9 mmol), 2.0 g (85%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-tetradecanoic acid was isolated as a colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. mp 82° C.; MS: 397 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzene sulfonyl)-tetradecanoic acid (1.14 g, 2.9 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 670 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-tetradecanoic hydroxyamide was isolated as an off-white solid. Yield: 57%; mp 114° C.; MS: 414 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.85 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.16-1.27 (m, 20 H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 7.12 (d, J=15 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=15 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 12

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionamide

To a stirred solution of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (1.0 gm, 3 mmol) (example 9), methyl iodide (1 ml, excess) and 18-Crown-6 (500 mg) in acetone (250 ml), K 2 CO 3 (10 gm, excess) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 24 hours. At the end, the reaction mixture was filtered and the acetone layer was concentrated.

The residue obtained was extracted with chloroform, washed well with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The product obtained was purified by silica-gel column chromatography by eluting it with 30% ethyl acetate:hexanes to afford 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester as a colorless oil. Yield 1.0 g, 98%; MS: 349 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (900 mg, 2.7 mmol), 850 mg (quantitative) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid was isolated by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Colorless oil, MS 335 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid (900 mg, 2.7 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 450 mg of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionamide was isolated as a brown solid. Yield: 48%; mp 58° C.; MS: 350 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.4 (s, 3H), 3.1 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 3.6 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 6.8-7.8 (m, 9H).

EXAMPLE 13

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (Example 1) (12 g; 50 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 12 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was isolated as a semi-solid. yield 100%; MS: 256.1 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (1 g, 3.6 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and isoprenyl bromide (1.0 g, 6 mmol). Yield 1.0 g, 81%; Colorless oil; MS: 341 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (900 mg, 2.6 mmol) 800 mg (96%) of 2-(4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid was isolated as a semi solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. MS: 313 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 700 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a low melting solid. Yield: 67%; MS: 328 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.3 (s, 3H), 1.5 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 6H), 2.5-3.0 (m, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7.0 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 7.8 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 14

3-(Biphenyl-4-yl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 12, 3-(biphenyl-4-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (2.7 g,10 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and 4-(chloromethyl)-biphenyl (2.5 g, 12 mmol). Yield 4.0 g, 91%; Colorless oil; MS: 438 (M+H) + .

Starting from 3-(biphenyl-4-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl propionic acid ethyl ester (3 g, 6.8 mmol), 2.5 g (89%) of 3-(biphenyl-4-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl propionic acid was isolated as a colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. mp 161° C.; MS: 411 (M+H) + .

Starting from 3-(biphenyl-4-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid (2.0 g, 4.8 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.2 g of 3-(biphenyl-4-yl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 58%; mp 177° C.; MS: 426 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.4 (s, 3H), 3.2 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 3.7 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7.0-7.8 (m, 13H), 9.7 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 15

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5,9-trimethyl-deca-4,8-dienoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5,9-trimethyl-deca-4,8-dienoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (2.7 g, 10 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and geranyl bromide (3.0 g, 13 mmol). Yield 4.0 g, 98%; Colorless oil; MS: 409 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5,9-trimethyl-deca-4,8-dienoic acid ethyl ester (3 g, 7.4 mmol), 2.8 g (96%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5,9-trimethyl-deca-4,8-dienoic acid was isolated as a colorless oil by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. MS: 379 (M−H) − .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5,9-trimethyl-deca-4,8-dienoic acid (2.0 g, 5.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.8 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2,5,9-trimethyl-deca-4,8-dienoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless oil. Yield: 88%; MS: 396 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.4 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.7 (s, 3H), 2.0-3.1 (m,6 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 5.5 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.7 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 16

3-Cyclohexyl-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 12, 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (2.7 g, 10 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and bromomethylcyclohexane (1.8 g, 10 mmol). Yield 3.5 g, 95%; Yellow oil; MS: 369 (M+H) + .

Starting from 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl propionic acid ethyl ester (3 g, 8.1 mmol) 2.5 g (90%) of 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl propionic acid was isolated as colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. mp 116° C.; MS: 341 (M+H) + .

Starting from 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid (2.0 g, 5.8 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.1 g of 3-cyclohexyl-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 55%; mp 58° C.; MS: 356 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ1.4 (s, 3H), 2.3-1.0 (m, 13 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7.0 (d, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (d, 9.0 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 17

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (2.7 g, 10 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (2.9 g, 10 mmol). Yield 4.8 g, 98%; Brown oil; MS: 490 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.0 gm, 7.9 mmol) 3.5 g (Yield: 94%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. Mp 106° C.; MS: 462.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (2.0 g, 4.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1 g of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 1 g, 48%; mp 98° C.; MS: 477 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.2 (s, 3H), 3.5-1.5 (m, 16 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 6.5-7.8 (m, 8H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 18

2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (2.7 g, 10 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 1-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenoxy)ethyl]-azepan (3.03 g, 10 mmol). Yield 4.5 g, 90%; Brown oil; MS: 504 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.0 gm, 7.9 mmol) 3.5 g (Yield: 94%) of 2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid was isolated as semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 476 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid (2.0 g, 4.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1 g of 2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield. 1.8 g, 87%; mp 68° C.; MS: 491 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.23 (s, 3H), 3.5-1.7 (m, 18 H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 6.4-7.89 (m, 8H), 10.9 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 19

2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 12. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (3.5 g, 11.7 mmol) and 1-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-azepane (3.9 g, 12.8 mmol). Yield 2.58 g (42%); brown oil; MS: 532.4 (M+H) + .

2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid was prepared starting from 2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (2 g, 3.76 mmol) dissolved in methanol (300 ml) and 10 N NaOH (15 ml). The resulting mixture was worked up as outlined in example 1. Yield 830 mg (44%); brown solid; mp 55° C.; MS: 504.4 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid (690 mg, 1.37 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 240 mg of 2-[4-(2-azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a yellow solid. Yield 34%; mp 85° C.; MS: 519.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): d 0.71 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 0.78-1.77 (m, 16 H), 3.04-3.46 (m, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.26 (m, 2H) 6.87 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (m, 4H), 7.71 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 10 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 20

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diisopropyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diisopropyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.4 g, 20 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 4-(2-N,N-diisopropyl amino-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (6.1 g, 20 mmol). Yield 8.9 g, 88%; Yellow oil; MS: 506.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diisopropyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.0 gm, 7.9 mmol) 3.5 g (Yield: 92%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diisopropyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. Mp 68° C.; MS: 478.6 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diisopropyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (2.0 g, 4.1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diisopropyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 1 g, 49%; mp 98° C. (Hcl Salt); MS: 493 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.2 (s, 3H), 1.3 (d,6H), 1.4 (d,6H), 3.5-1.5 (m, 6 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.4 (s, 2H), 6.5-7.8 (m, 8H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 21

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amine-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.4 g, 20 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (5.5 g, 20 mmol). Yield 8.5 g, 89%; Brown oil; MS: 478.6 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.5 gm, 7.7 mmol) 3.0 g (Yield: 85%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. Mp 96-98° C.; MS: 450.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (2.0 g, 4.4 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 1 g, 48%; mp 56-59° C. (HCl Salt); MS: 465.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.1 (t, 6H), 1.3 (s,3H), 3.2-3.9 (m, 8 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.3 (s, 2H), 6.5-7.8 (m, 8H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 22

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.2 g, 20 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (6.0 g, 20 mmol). Yield. 8.2 g, 83%; Brown oil; MS: 490 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (6.0 gm, 12.2 mmol) 4.9 g (Yield: 79%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. Mp 112° C.; MS: 462.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (3.0 g, 6.5 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.8 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 1.8 g, 58%; mp 74° C.; MS: 477 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz CDCl 3 ): δ1.25 (s, 3H), 1.6-1.8 (m, 6 H), 2.5-3.7 (m, 8H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 6.7-7.8 (m, 8H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 23

3-(4-{3-[4-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 3-(4-{3-[4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (2.72 g, 10 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 1-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenoxy )ethyl]-4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-piperazine (4.2 g, 11 mmol). Yield 5.5 g, 89%; Brown oil; MS: 616 (M+H) + .

Starting from 3-(4-{3-[4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.0 gm, 6.5 mmol) 3.0 g (Yield: 78%) of 3-(4-{3-[4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. Mp 196° C.; MS: 588.1 (M+H) + .

Starting from 3-(4-{3-[4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid (3.0 g, 5.1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.8 g of 3-(4-{3-[4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide was isolated as pale yellow solid. Yield: 1.8 g, 55%; mp 122° C. (HCl Salt); MS: 640 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.2 (s, 3H), 3.4-1.5 (m, 14 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.5 (m, 2H), 6.5-8.2 (m, 12H), 10.3 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 24

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

To a stirred solution of (4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (5.16 g, 20 mmol), isoprenyl bromide (3.0 g, 20 mmol) and 18-Crown-6 (500 mg) in acetone (250 ml) was added K2CO3 (10 gms, excess) and the mixture refluxed foe 24 hours. At the end, the reaction mixture was filtered and the acetone layer was concentrated. The residue obtained was extracted with chloroform, washed well with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The product obtained was purified by silica-gel column chromatography, eluting with 30% ethy acetate:hexane. The product 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was isolated as a colourless oil. Yield: 3.0 g, 93%.

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.26 g, 10 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester and 4-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (3.0 g, 11 mmol). Yield 4.5 g, 82%; Brown oil; MS: 546 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (3.0 gm, 5.5 mmol) 2.1 g (Yield: 75%) of 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-hex-4-enoic acid was isolated as semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 518.6 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-hex-4-enoic acid (1.0 g, 1.9 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 450 mg of 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as pale yellow solid. Yield: 450 mg, 45%; mp 92° C. (Hcl Salt); MS: 570 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.3 (d, 3H), 1.65 (d, 2H), 3.5-1.8 (m, 14 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.5 (m, 2H), 5.4 (m, 1H), 6.5-7.9 (m, 8H), 11.5 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 25

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide

To a stirred solution of 4hydroxy thiophenol (12.6 g, 100 mmol) and triethyl amine (15.0 g, 150 mmol) in chloroform (400 ml) 2-bromo ethylpropionate (18.2 g, 100 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 1 hr and cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was washed with water, dried and concentrated 2-(4-hydroxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was isolated as colorless oil. Yield: 22.0 g, 99%, MS: 227 (M+H).

To stirred solution of 2-(4-hydroxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (11.3 g, 50 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (50 g, excess) in acetone (300 ml) ethyl iodide (20 ml, excess) was added and refluxed for 8 hrs. At the end, reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue obtained was extracted with chloroform and washed well with water. It was dried and concentrated. The product, 2-(4-ethoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was isolated as colorless oil. Yield: 12.0 g, 98%; MS: 255 (M+H).

2-(4-Ethoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was converted to 2-(4-ethoxy-phenylsulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester by following the procedure as described in example 9, paragraph 2.

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.5 g, 12.2 mmol) of 2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (3.5 g, 12.2 mmol). Yield 4.8 g, 80%; Brown oil; MS: 492.6 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.0 gm, 8.1 mmol) 3.2 g (Yield: 80%) of 2-(4ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 464.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (2.0 g, 4.3 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.2 g of 2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless low melting solid. Yield: 1.2 g, 57%; (HCl Salt); MS: 478.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ0.9 (t, 3H), 1.1 (t, 6H), 1.3 (s,3H), 3.2-3.9 (m, 8 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.3 (s, 2H), 6.5-7.8 (m, 8H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 26

(4E)-2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,9-dimethyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-deca-4,8-dienoic acid hydroxyamide

To a stirred solution of (4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (5.16 g, 20 mmol), geranyl bromide (4.2 g, 20 mmol) and 18-Crown-6 (500 mg) in acetone (250 ml) was added K2CO3 (10 gms, excess) and the mixture refluxed foe 24 hours. At the end, the reaction mixture was filtered and the acetone layer was concentrated. The residue obtained was extracted with chloroform, washed well with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The product obtained was purified by silica-gel column chromatography, eluting with 30% ethy acetate:hexane. The product 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,9-dimethyl-deca-4,8-dienoic acid ethyl ester was isolated as a colourless oil. Yield: 7.0 g, 89%.

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,9-dimethyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-deca-4,8-dienoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (1.0 g, 2.5 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,9-dimethyl-deca-4,8-dienoic acid ethyl ester and 4-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (800 mg, 2.5 mmol). Yield 1.2 g, 76%; Brown oil; MS: 614 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,9-dimethyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-deca-4,8-dienoic acid ethyl ester (2.0 gm, 3.2 mmol) 1.5 g (Yield: 80%) of 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,9-dimethyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-deca-4,8-dienoic acid was isolated as semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 586.6 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,9-dimethyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-deca-4,8-dienoic acid (1.0 g, 1.7 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 550 mg of (4E)-2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,9-dimethyl-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-deca-4,8-dienoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as pale yellow solid. Yield. 550 mg, 53%; mp 61° C.(HCl Salt); MS: 638 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 27

2-[4-(2-Diethylamino-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-[4-(2-Diethylamino-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 12. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid ethyl ester (4 g, 12.7 mmol) and [2-(4-chloromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-diethylamine (3.38 g, 14 mmol). Yield 8.21 g crude (100%); brown oil; MS: 520.4 (M+H) + .

2-[4-(2-Diethylamino-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid was prepared starting from 2-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid ethyl ester (8 g, 15.4 mmol) dissolved in methanol (200 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting mixture was worked up as outlined in example 1. Yield 3.88 g crude (51%); brown oil; MS: 492 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid (3.88 g, 7.89 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 800 mg of 2-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a yellow powder. Yield 20%; mp 67° C.; MS: 507.4 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.75 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (m, 2 H), 1.23 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 6H) 1.37-1.91 (m, 2H), 3.13 (m, 4H), 3.38-3.51 (m, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.3 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (m, 4H), 7.7 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 10.1 (s, 1H)

EXAMPLE 28

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.1 g, 10 mmol) of 2-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (Prepared from 2-(4-hydroxy-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and n-butylbromide following the procedure outlined in example 27)the 4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (3.0 g, 10.1 mmol). Yield 4.5 g, 84%; Brown oil; MS: 532.7 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (5.0 gm, 9.4 mmol) 4.2 g (Yield: 88%) of 2-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless solid by following the procedure as outline in example 9. MS: 504.6 (M+H) +

Starting from 2-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperdin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (3.0 g, 5.9 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.3 g of 2-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless solid. MP. 65 C., Yield: 1.3 g, 42%; (HCl Salt); MS: 478.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ0.9 (t, 3H), 1.2 (s, 3H), 1.3-1.9 (m,10H), 2.8-4.5 (m, 12 H),, 6.8-7.8 (m, 8H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 29

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-N,N,-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.0 g, 18 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 3-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (4.9 g, 18 mmol). Yield 8.1 g, 93%; Brown oil; MS: 478.1 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (8.1 gm, 16.9 mmol) 6.7 g (Yield: 88%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MP: 78-81; MS: 450.1 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (6.7 g, 15 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.5 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless low melting solid. Yield: 1.5 g, 21%; (HCl Salt); MS: 450.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 Mz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.21 (t, 6H), 1.26 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 4H), 3.43-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.30 (s,2H), 6.76-6.78 (d, 2H), 6.84-7.2 (m,6H), 10.3 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 30

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.2 g, 20 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 3-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (6.0 g, 20 mmol). Yield 9.1 g, 93%; Brown oil; MS: 492 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (10.0 gm, 20.3 mmol) 8.0 g (Yield: 86%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in example 9.; MS: 464.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (4.55 g, 9.8 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 440 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[3-(2-morpholi-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 440 mg, 9%; mp 63° C.; MS: 479.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 Mhz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.26 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.8 (m, 12H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 6.7-8.8 (m, 8H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 31

6-(1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 6-(1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-hexanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.0 g, 20 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and 4-phathalimido bromobutane (5.66 g, 20 mmol). Yield 8.4 g, 97%; Colorless oil; MS: 474 (M+H). Starting from 6-(1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-hexanoic acid ethyl ester (8.4 g, 17.7 mmol) 6.95 g (88%) of 6-(1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-hexanoic acid was isolated as colorless oil by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. MS: 446 (M−H) − .

Starting from 6-(1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-hexanoic acid (4.9 g, 11 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 3.1 g of 6-(1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a light brown solid; Yield: 46%; mp 146-148° C.; MS: 461.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.55 (s, 3H), 1.61-3.77 (m, 8H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.92-8.21 (m, 8H), 10.70 (bs,1H), 11.20 (bs,1H).

EXAMPLE 32

3-[4-(2-Diethylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-2-(4-furan-2-yl-benzenesulfonyl)-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionamide

To a stirred solution of 4-bromo thiophenol (19.0 g, 100 mmol) and triethyl amine (15.0 g, 150 mmol) in chloroform (400 ml) 2-bromo ethylpropionate (18.2 g, 100 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 1 hr and cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was washed with water, dried and concentrated. 2-(4-bromo-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was isolated as colorless oil. Yield: 28.0 g, 99%, MS: 290 (M+H).

2-(4-bromo-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was converted to 2-(4-bromo-phenylsulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester by following the procedure as described in example 9, paragraph 2.

A mixture of 2-(4-bromo-phenylsulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (6.4 g, 20 mmol), 2-(tributyl stannyl)furan (7.5 g, 21 mmol) and (Ph 3 P) 4 Pd (500 mg) was refluxed in degassed tolune (250 ml) for 8 hrs. At the end reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel column chromatography by eluting it with 50% ethylacetate:hexane. Colorless oil. Yield: 5.9 g, 95%, MS: 309 (M+H).

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-(2-furanyl-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.08 g, 10.0 mmol) of 2-(4-(2-furanyl-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and the 4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (3.5 g, 12.2 mmol). Yield 5.0 g, 97%; Brown oil; MS: 514.6 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-(2-furanyl-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (5.1 gm, 10.0 mmol) 3.8 g (Yield: 78%) of 2-(4-(2-furanyl-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MP: 58 C., MS: 486.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-(2-furanyl-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (5.0 g, 10.3 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.2 g of 2-(4-ethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-N,N-diethyl amino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionamide was isolated as colorless low melting solid. Yield: 3.2 g, 62%; (HCl Salt); MS: 502 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.23 (t, 6H), 1.4 (s, 2H), 2.8 (q,4H), 3.0 (t, 2 H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 6.5-8.0 (m, 7H).

EXAMPLE 33

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyramide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from ethyl 2-bromobutyrate (10.71 g, 55 mmol) and 4-methoxythiophenol (7 g, 50 mmol), 5.19 g (40%); clear oil; MS: 255.2 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester (5 g, 20 mmol). Yield 5.74 g (100%); clear oil; MS: 287.1 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyric acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.5 g, 12.2 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester and the 4-[2-(chloromethyl-phenoxy)ethyl]-morpholine (2.34 g, 6.7 mmol). Yield 5.7 g, 100%; Brown oil; MS: 506.4 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyric acid ethyl ester (554 gm, 11 mmol) 2.9 g (Yield: 55%) of 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyric acid was isolated as colorless semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 478.3 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyric acid (2.6 g, 5.4 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 510 mg of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyramide was isolated as a brown solid. Yield 2%; mp 51° C.; MS: 493.3 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.90 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.69-1.96 (m, 4 H), 2.67 (t, 2H), 3.34 (m, 8H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.04 (m, 2H) 6.8 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (m, 4H), 7.73 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 2H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 10.8 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 34

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyramide

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyric acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (1.0 g, 3.33 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester and the 1-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine (0.85 g, 3.36 mmol). Yield 1.07 g, 62%; Brown oil; MS: 504.4 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyric acid ethyl ester (3.7 gm, 7.3 mmol) 2.2 g (Yield: 63%) of 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyric acid was isolated as colorless semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 476 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyric acid (2.2 g, 4.63 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 360 mg of N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-butyramide was isolated as a brown solid. Yield 16%; mp 75° C.; MS: 491.3 (M+H) 30 ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.90 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.36-1.96 (m, 4 H), 2.4-2.63 (m, 14H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.01 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H) 6.8 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (m, 4H), 7.71 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 9.09 (s, 1H), 10.8 (s, 1H)

EXAMPLE 35

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from ethyl 2-bromovalerate (8.23 g, 39.3 mmol) and 4-methoxythiophenol (5 g, 35.7 mmol), 10.46 g (100%); clear oil; MS: 269 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (6.9 g, 27.4 mmol). Yield 7.07 g (86%); clear oil; MS: 300.9 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-pentanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.0 g, 10.8 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester and the 4-[2-(chloromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-morpholine (3.45 g, 11.9 mmol). Yield 3.08 g, 62%; Brown oil; MS: 520.4 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (2.73 gm, 5.27 mmol) 1.45 g (Yield: 56%) of 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-pentanoic acid was isolated as colorless semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 492.3 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-pentanoic acid (1.01 g, 2.05 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 190 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-[4-(2-morppholin-4yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a brown solid. Yield 18%; mp 101° C.; MS: 507.4 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.71 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.58-1.82 (m, 4H), 3.12-3.98 (m, 12H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.35 (t, 2H) 6.89 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (m, 4H), 7.74 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 9.08 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 36

2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from ethyl 2-bromooctanoate (11.8 g, 47.3 mmol) and 4-methoxythiophenol (6 g, 43 mmol). Yield: 7.24 g (57%); clear oil; MS: 311.2 (M+H) + , 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester (4.0 g, 13.6 mmol). Yield 3.7 g (83%); clear oil; MS: 343.3 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (1.69 g, 5.18 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester and the 1-[2-(4-chloromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-azepan (1.73 g, 6.0 mmol). Yield 4.86 g, 99%; Brown oil; MS: 574.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester (4.8 gm, 8.37 mmol) 1.55 g (Yield: 34%) of 2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid was isolated as colorless semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 551 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid (1.09 g, 2.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 300 mg of 2-[4-(2-Azepan-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) octanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a yellow solid. Yield 27%; mp 65° C.; MS: 561.6 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.81 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.08-1.82 (m,14H), 3.13-3.51 (m, 12H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.33 (t, 2H) 6.88 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),7.14 (m,4H), 7.7 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 9.06 (s, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 37

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from ethyl 2-bromooctanoate (11.8 g, 47.3 mmol) and 4-methoxythiophenol (6 g, 43 mmol). Yield: 7.24 g (57%); clear oil; MS: 311.2 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester (3.1 gm, 10 mmol) 2.55 g (Yield: 90%) of 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid was isolated as colorless semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 283 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid (4.25 g, 16 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 3.64 g of 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfanyl) octanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 76%, MP: 90 C.; MS: 298.2 (M+H).

EXAMPLE 38

2-(4-Fluoro-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4Fluoro-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from ethyl 2-bromooctanoate (6.47 g, 24.7 mmol) and 4-fluorothiophenol (3 g, 23.4 mmol). Yield: 6.31 g (90%); clear oil; MS: 299 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester (3.1 gm, 10 mmol) 2.89 g (Yield: 100%) of 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid was isolated as colorless semi-solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MS: 268.9 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfanyl) octanoic acid (2.49 g, 9.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 2.72 g of 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield. 99%, MP: 58 C.; MS: 284(M−H).

EXAMPLE 39

2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from ethyl 2-bromooctanoate (12.1 g, 48 mmol) and 1-methyl-2-mercapto imidazole (5 g, 43.8 mmol). Yield: 12 g (96%); clear oil; MS: 285 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid ethyl ester (12 gm, 42.2 mmol) 10.2 g (Yield: 95%) of 2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid was isolated as colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. MP: 95 C., MS: 257.1 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid (7.84 g, 30.6 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 2.77 g of 2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield: 33%, MP: 125 C.; MS: 272.2 (M+H).

EXAMPLE 40

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.0 g, 20 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and 2-bromomethyl naphthalene (4.4 g, 20 mmol). Yield 7.2 g, 91%; Colorless oil; MS: 399 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionoic acid ethyl ester (3.7 g, 9 mmol) 3.3 g (96%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionoic acid was isolated as colorless oil by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. MS: 369.1 (M−H) − .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionic acid (2.2 g, 5.9 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 820 mg of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionamide was isolated as a light brown solid; Yield: 36%; mp 161-163° C.; MS: 385.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ3.32 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.02 (s, 1H), 6.92-7.89 (m, 11H).

EXAMPLE 41

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl propionic acid hydroxyamide

A mixture of 4-methoxybenzyl mercaptan (7.0 g, 45 mmol), ethyl 2-bromopropionate (8.2 g, 46 mmol) and powdered oven dried potassium carbonate (10 g, 72 mmol) in 150 mL of acetone was heated at reflux for 18 h. The mixture was cooled, filtered, and the filtrate concentrated. The residue was taken up in 150 mL of methylene chloride, washed with water (150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to yield 12 g (99%); colorless liquid; MS 255.1 (M+H). This product is used without further purification.

To an ice cold (5° C.) solution of 2-(4-methoxy-phenylmethanesulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (5.7 g, 21 mmol) in 100 mL CH 2 Cl 2 was added portionwise (7.2 g, 40 mmol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reaction was diluted with hexanes (500 mL) and stirred at 25° C. for 30 minute at room temperature. The mixture was filtered and the organic layer treated with saturated aqueous sodium bisulfite (200 mL). The hexanes solution containing the product was washed with water, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and concentrated. Yield 5.5g (91%); colorless oil; MS 287.1 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-Methoxy-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (2 g, 7 mmol) and benzyl bromide (1.3 g, 7.7 mmol). Yield 3.0 g, 100%; Low melting solid; MS: 377 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid was prepared starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.5 g, 9.0 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield 930 mg, 31%. Colorless solid, mp: 106-108 C.; MS: 347 (M−H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Methoxy-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-propionic acid (2.7 g, 7.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 266 mg of N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-phenyl propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as light colorless solid; Yield. 10%; mp 58-59° C.; MS: 364.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.28 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.88 (d, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.86 (d, 1H), 4.59-4.63 (d, 1H), 4.69-4.74 (d, 1H), 6.94-6.98 (d, 2H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.33 (d, 4H), 9.24 (s, 1H), 10.88 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 42

5-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2enyl)-2-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

5-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-2-(toluene-4-sulfonyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from ethyl α-(p-tolylsulfonyl)acetate (2.9 g, 10.9 mmol and 4-bromo-2-methyl butene (3.42 g, 23 mmol). Yield 4.6 g; tan oil; MS 379.2 (M+H) + .

5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-2-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-hex-4-enoic acid was prepared according to general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-2-(toluene-4-sulfonyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (4.5 g, 11 mmol), ethanol (15 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide.

Starting from 5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-2-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-hex-4-enoic acid (4.1 g, 11 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.07 g of 5-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-2-(toluene-4sulfonyl)-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid; Yield: 30%; mp 108-110° C.; MS: 366.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 : δ1.49 (s, 6H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.63 (m, 4H), 5.00-5.05 (t, 2H), 7.40-7.43 (d, 2H), 7.59-7.62 (d, 2H), 9.04 (s, 1H), 10.80 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 43

2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid hydroxyamide

2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (Prepared from 3-mercapto-2-methylfuran) was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(2-methyl-furan-3-ylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (2.9 g, 11.9 mmol), benzyl bromide (2.22 g, 13 mmol) and potassium carbonate (10 g) in acetone (75 mL). Yield (99%); amber oil; MS 337.1 (M+H) + .

2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(2-methyl-furan-3-ylsulfanyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.8 g, 14.3 mmol), dissolved in ethanol (25 mL and 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL). Yield 3.7g (84%),, white solid, MS 307.4 (M−H).

Starting from 2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid (3.58 g, 12 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.078 g of 2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as orange color solid; Yield: 29%; mp 68-70° C.; MS: 324 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.27 (s, 3H), 2.81-2.86 (d, 1H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.66 (d, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 9.09 (s, 1H), 10.81 (s, 1H)

EXAMPLE 44

2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide

2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (2.4 g, 9.8 mmol) and 1-[2-(4-chloromethylphenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine (2.96 g, 10.7 mmol); Yield 2.4 g (92%); amber oil; MS 464.2 (M+H) + .

2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 1. Starting from 2-methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (2.01 g, 4.5 mmol), dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL). The resulting mixture was worked up as outline in example 9. Yield 2.03 g, amber crystals mp 66-68° C.; MS 434 (M−H).

Starting from 2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (2.03 g, 6.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.36 g of 2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as amber color solid; Yield: 32%; mp 115-117° C.; MS: 451.1 (M+H)+; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.15-1.22 (i, 2H), (1.75 (s, 3H), 1.78 (s, 3H) 2.98-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.5 (s, 3H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 6.87-6.90 (d, 2H), 7.12-7.17 (d, 2H), 10.35 (s, 1H), 10.60 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 45

2-Methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic add hydroxyamide

2-Methyl-3-(4-(2-piperdin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester(prepared from 2-mercaptothiophene and 2-bromopropionic acid ethylester) (4.4 g, 17.7 mmol) and 1-[2-(4-chloromethylphenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine (5.3 g, 19.5 mmol); Yield (96%); semi-solid; MS 466.

2-Methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (9.8 g, 20 mmol), dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide (20 mL). The resulting mixture was worked up as outline in example 1. Yield 4.5g (49%); white solid mp 170-172° C.; MS 436.3 (M−H).

Starting from 2-Methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid (3.6 g, 8.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 345 mg of 2-Methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as light colorless solid; Yield: 10%; mp 115-118° C.; MS: 451.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.29 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.78 (m, 6H), 2.81-2.86 (d, 1H), 2.96-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.39-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.59 (d, 1H), 4.32 (m, 2H),6.72-6.74 (d, 1H), 6.87-6.96 (d, 2H), 7.01-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.83-7.84 (m, 1H), 8.07-8.08 (dd, 1H), 8.17 (dd, 1H), 9.0 (s, 1H) 10.0 (s, 1H), 10.78 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 46

2-(octane-1-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperdin-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]propionic acid hydroxyamide

2-(Octane-1-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(octane-1-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 18 mmol) and 1-[2-(4-chloromethylphenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine (5.6 g, 19.7 mmol); Yield 8.9g (96%); amber oil, MS 495.

2-(Octane-1-sulfonyl)-3-[(2-piperidin-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(octane-1-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (8.9 g, 18 mmol), ethanol (25 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide (25 mL). Yield 6.0 g (72%).

Starting from 2-(Octane-1-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (3.6 g, 7.7 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 3.3 g of 2-(Octane-1-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as tan solid; Yield: 89%; mp 69-70° C.; MS: 483.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.687 (t, 3H), 1.27-1.69 (m, 15H), 2.71-2.75 (d, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.69 (d, 1H), 6.86-6.89 (d, 2H), 7.08-7.11 (d, 2H), 9.16 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 47

3-Biphenyl-4-yl-2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide

3-Biphenyl-4yl-2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-methyl-(1-methyl-1H-imidazolesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester Prepared from (1-Methyl-2-mercapto imidazole and 2-bromo ethyl propionate) (3.0 g, 12.2 mmol) and 4-chloromethylbiphenyl (2.97 g, 15 mmol). Yield 5.0 g (99%); low melting solid; MS 413 (M+H) + .

3-Biphenyl-4-yl-2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 3-biphenyl-4-yl-2-methyl2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 11.9 mmol), ethanol (15 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL). Yield 2.8g (61%); brown solid mp 119-122° C.; MS 385.2 (M+H).

Starting from 3-Biphenyl-4-yl-2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid (2.8 g, 7.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 112 mg of 3-Biphenyl-4-yl-2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as tan colored solid. Yield: 4%; mp 112° C.; MS: 399.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.911 (s, 3H), 3.3 (s, 3H), 3.5 (d, 1H), 4.2 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 7.18-7.66 (m, 5H), 7.30-7.33 (d, 2H), 7.55-7.58 (d, 2H).

EXAMPLE 48

2-Methyl-3-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide

2-Methyl-3-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(thiophen-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 12 mmol) and benzyl bromide (2.48 g, 15 mmol). Yield 5.2 g (%); tan oil; MS 339.1 (M+H).

2-Methyl-3-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Staring from 2-methyl-3-phenyl-2-(thiophen-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 15 mmol), ethanol (30 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL). Yield 5.6 g MS 310.0 (M+H).

Starting from 2-Methyl-3-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid (5.0 g, 16 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.8 g of 2-Methyl-3-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid; Yield: 40%; mp 116-117° C.; MS: 325.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.29 (s, 3H), 3.33 (d, 1H), 3.69 (d 1H), 7.18-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 8.22 (m, 1H), 913 (s, 1H), 10.80 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 49

2-[8-(1-carboxy-ethanesulfonyl)-octane-1-sulfonyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide

2-[8-(1-Carboxyl-ethanesulfonyl)-octane-1-sulfonyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-[8-(1-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylsulfanyl)-octylsulfanyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (10.2 g, 26 mmol) and sodium peroxymonopersulfate (64 g, 104 mmol). Yield 9.87 g (86%); colorless liquid; MS 442.9 (m+H).

2-[8-(1-Carboxy-ethanesulfonyl)-octane-1-sulfonyl]-propionic acid was prepared according to general method as outline in example 1. Starting from 2-[8-(1carboxy-ethanesulfonyl)-octane-1-sulfonyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 6.8 mmol), ethanol (15 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide (15 mL). Yield 2.7 g (98%); white solid mp 99-102° C.; MS 387 (M+NH3) + .

Starting from 2-[8-(1-Carboxy-ethanesulfonyl)-octane-1-sulfonyl]-propionic acid (2.5 g, 6.5 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 641 mg of 2-[8-(1-Carboxy-ethanesulfonyl)-octane-1-sulfonyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as amber coloured oil; Yield: 23%; MS: 434.0 (M+NH4) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.27-3.23 (m, 22H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 8.9 (s, 1H), 9.28 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 50

2-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from ethyl α-(4-bromophenyl-sulfonyl) acetate (5.0 g, 16 mmol) and 1-[2-(4-chloromethylphenoxy)-ethyl]-piperidine (4.97 g, 16 mmol). Yield 6.1 g (71%); tan oil; MS 541.1 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was prepared according to general method as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (6.5 g, 20 mmol), ethanol (30 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide (15 mL). Yield 6.3 g (100%); yellow solid mp 125-127° C.; MS 512.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (6.1 g, 612 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.07 g of 2-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as light yellow solid; Yield: 17%; MS: 525.4 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 51

3-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.0 g, 11 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and 4-bromobenzyl bromide (3.0 g, 12 mmol). Yield 4.67 g, 96%; Colorless oil; MS: 441 (M+H) + .

3-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid was prepared starting from 3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.0 g, 9.0 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield 3.0 g, 78%. Low melting solid. MS: 413 (M+H) + .

Starting from 3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid (2.7 g, 6.5 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 2.26 g of 3-(4-bromophenyl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide was isolated as light colorless solid; Yield: 81%; mp 86-88° C.; MS: 429.8 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.42 (s,3H), 1.77 (bs, 1H), 3.26 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.01-7.76 (m,8H), 9.71-9.88 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 52

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionamide

Following the precedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.4 g, 20 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and 2-bromomethyl naphthalene (4.4 g, 20 mmol). Yield 8.0 g, 97%; Colorless crystals, mp 182-184° C.; MS: 413 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.6 g, 11 mmol) 4.2 g (98%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. mp 114-146° C.; MS: 384.9 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionic acid (2.4 g, 6.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.6 g of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-naphthalen-2-yl-propionamide was isolated as a light colorless solid; Yield: 64%; mp 185-187° C.; MS: 400.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.56 (s,3H), 3.28 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (d, J=8 Hz,1H), 393 (s,3H), 488 (bs, 1H), 7.02-7.92 (m, 11H).

EXAMPLE 53

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-methyl-butyramide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in Example 1. Staring from ethyl 2-bromo-3-methyl-butanoate (20.9 g, 100 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzenethiol (14.0 g, 100 mmol), 30 g of 2-(4-methoxyl-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester was isolated. Yield 99%; Light yellow oil; MS: 269 (M+H) + .

Staring from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester. (2.68 g 10 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 9 for oxidation, 3 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester was isolated as a colorless solid. yield: 99%; mp 53° C.; MS: 273 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester (3 g, 10 mmol) 2.7 g (96%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid was isolated as a colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Mp 96° C.; MS: 273 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid (2.0 g, 7.34 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 590 mg of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3methyl-butyramide was isolated as a colorless solid. Mp 220° C.; Yield 28%; MS: 288 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.88 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 2.09-2.20 (bs, 1H), 3.53 (d, J=9, 1H), 7.12-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.74-7.79 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 54

1-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 1-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.0 g, 11.6 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and 1,4-dibromobutane (2.4 g, 7.6 mmol). Yield 2.4 g, 78%; Colorless solid, mp 86-88° C.; MS: 313 (M+H) + .

1-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester (2.2 g, 7.0 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield 1.66 g, 83%. Colorless solid; mp 112-115° C.; MS: 285 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid (442 mg, 1.5 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 410 mg of 1-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid. mp 89-91° C.; Yield 88%; MS: 300 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.65-1.82 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.42 (m, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 7.0 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.7 (bs, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 9.73 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 55

3-(2-Bromo-phenyl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 3-(2-bromo-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (2.0 g, 7.3 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and 2-(bromo)benzyl bromide (2.0 g, 8 mmol). Yield 3.1 g, 87%; Colorless oil; MS: 441 (M+H) + .

3-(2-Bromo-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid was prepared starting from 3-(2-bromo-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 68 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield 1.7 g, 63%. Waxy solid; MS: 414 (+H) + .

Starting from 3-(2-bromo-phenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid (470 mg, 1.1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 380 mg of 3-(2-bromo-phenyl)-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-propionamide was isolated as a colorless solid. mp 93-96° C.; Yield 77%; MS: 429 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.3 (s, 3H), 3.32 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.92-7.89 (m, 8H)

EXAMPLE 56

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-5-phenyl-pent-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-5-phenyl-pent-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.0 g, 11 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and cinnamyl bromide (2.1 g, 11 mmol). Yield 3.51 g, 82%; Colorless oil; MS: 389 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-5-phenyl-pent-4-enoic acid was prepared starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-5-phenyl-pent-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 11 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield 1.9 g, 68%; yellowish oil; MS: 361 (M+H) + .

Staring from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-5-phenyl-pent4-enoic acid (440 mg, 1.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 420 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-5-phenyl-pent-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid mp 162-164° C.; Yield 92%; MS: 376 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.41 (s, 3H), 3.0-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.30 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 5.9-6.1 (m, 1H), 6.53 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 7.1-7.72 (m, 9H), 9.12 (bs,1H).

EXAMPLE 57

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-phenyl-2-(3-phenyl-propyl)-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-phenyl-2-(3-phenyl-propyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (4.0 g, 15.8 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and 3-bromopropyl benzene (6.4 g, 32 mmol). Yield 3.7 g, 47%; Colorless oil; MS: 495 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-phenyl-2-(3-phenyl-propyl)-pentanoic acid was prepared starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-phenyl-2-(3-phenyl-propyl)-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (2.0 g, 4 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield 1.18 g, 63%. Waxy solid; MS: 449.2 (M+H−H 2 O) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-phenyl-2-(3-phenyl-propyl)-pentanoic acid (600 mg, 1.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 420 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-phenyl-2-(3-phenyl-propyl)-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid. Mp 118-120° C.; yield 68%; MS: 482 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.52-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.20 (m, 4H), 2.58-2.72 (m,4H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 6.93 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 7.02-7.63 (m, 10H), 7.81 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 58

2-allyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pent-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-allyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pent-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.0 g, 11.6 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and allyl bromide (4 ml, excess). Yield 3.6 g, 92%; Yellow oil; MS: 338 (M+H) + .

2-Allyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pent-4-enoic acid was prepared starting from 2-allyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pent-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (2.2 g, 6.5 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield 1.76 g, 87%; yellowish oil; MS: 311 (M+H) + .

Staring from 2-allyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pent-4-enoic acid (1.5 g, 4.8 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.5 g of 2-allyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pent-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid. Mp 114-116° C.; Yield 99%; MS: 326 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.62 (s, 1H), 2.70-2.80 (m,4H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 5.16-5.27 (m, 4H), 5.81-5.94 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d,J=8 Hz,2H).

EXAMPLE 59

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-propyl-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-allyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pent-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide (326 mg, 1.0 mmol) (example 26) was dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and hydrogenated over 10% Pd/C (100 mg) at room temperature, under 49 psi pressure for 4 hours. At the end, the reaction mixture was filtered and methanol was removed The resulting solid was crystallized from methanol Yield: 250 mg, 75%; MS: 330 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ0.92 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 6H), 1.27-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.78-2.02 (m, 4H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 6.04 (bs, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d,J=9 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 60

2-benzyl-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-benzyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (1.0 g, 3.8 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and benzylbromide (4 ml, excess). Yield 1.2 g, 72%; Yellow oil; MS: 439 (M+H) + .

2-Benzyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid was prepared starting from 2-benzyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 2.2 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield: 580 mg, 62%; Waxy solid; MS: 409 (M−H) − .

Starting from 2-benzyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid (410 mg, 1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 225 mg of 2-benzyl-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionamide was isolated as a waxy solid Yield 52%; MS: 426 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ3.25 (d, J=14 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (d, J=14 Hz, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 6.93 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.02-7.26 (m, 9H), 7.61 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 9.58 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 61

N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-pyridin-3-yl-propionamide

To a stirred solution of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)propionic acid ethyl ester (2.7 gm, 10 mmol), 3-picolyl chloride hydrochloride (3.2 g, 20 mmol). and triethyl benzylammonium chloride (1 g) in methylene chloride (400 ml), 10 N NaOH (30 ml) was added. The reaction was continued at room temp for 48 hours. At the end, the organic layer was separated and washed well with water. The organic layer was dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude product obtained was purified by silica-gel column chromatography. The column was eluted with 50% ethyl acetate: hexane. 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester was isolated as brown oil. Yield 3.0 g, 82%; Brown oil; MS: 364 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester (2.5 g, 6.8 mmol) 1.8 g (79%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid was isolated as a colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. mp 58° C.; MS: 336 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid (410 mg, 1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 225 mg of N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-pyridin-3-yl-propionamide was isolated as a colorless solid. Yield 52%; mp 98° C.; MS: 351 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.4 (s, 3H), 3.1 (d, J=9.0, 1H), 3.65 (d, J=9.1, 1H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7-8.5 (m, 8H).

EXAMPLE 62

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-decanoic acid hydroxyamide

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (7.5 g, 29 mmol) and 1-bromooctane (6.7 g, 35 mmol) 8 g of the mono octylated compound 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-decanoic acid ethyl ester was isolated by following the procedure outlined in Example 9. Yield: 8.0 g 74%; MS: 370 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in example 29, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-decanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (8.0 g, 21.6 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-decanoic acid ethyl ester and 3-picolyl chloride hydrochloride (4.1 g, 25 mmol). Yield 6.5 g, 68%; Brown oil; MS: 462 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-decanoic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 11 mmol), 4.5 g (91%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-decanoic acid was isolated as a colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Mp 159° C.; MS: 434 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-decanoic acid (2.5 g, 5.7 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.4 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-decanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid. Yield. 50%; mp 62° C.; MS: 448 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ0.86 (t, 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.25-2.17 (m, 14 H), 3.3 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 3.5 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 6.8-8.6 (m, 8H).

EXAMPLE 63

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (6.0 g, 23 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and isoprenyl bromide (3.0 g, 20 mmol). Yield 6.52 g, 86%; Colorless oil; MS: 327 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 29, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (4.0 g, 12.2 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester and 3-picolylchloride hydrochloride (2.1 g, 13 mmol). Yield 4.14 g, 81%; Brown oil; MS: 418 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-enoic acid was prepared starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (4.0 g, 9.5 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 ml) and 10 N NaOH (30 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in Example 9. Yield 3.2 g, 87%; ivory solid; mp 117-119° C.; MS: 390 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-enoic acid (2.1 g, 5.4 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.82 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid. Yield: 82%; mp 89-92° C.; MS: 405 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.63 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.78 (m, 2H), 3.3 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.26 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.88 (m, 6H), 8.27-8.33 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 64

2-Benzyl-4-diisopropylamino-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyramide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 29, 2-benzyl-4-diisopropylamino-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.0 g, 8.5 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid ethyl ester Example 9) and 2-diisopropylaminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (4.0 g, 20 mmol). Yield 3.2 g, 79%; Ivory solid, mp 89-91° C.; MS: 476.4 (M+H)+.

Starting from 2-benzyl-4-diisopropylamino-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester (3.53 gm, 7.5 mmol) 2.8 g (86%) of 2-benzyl-4-diisopropylamino-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Mp 136-138° C.; MS: 448.5 (M+H)+.

Staring from 2-benzyl-4-diisopropylamino-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid (1.85 g, 4.1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.3 g of 2-benzyl-4-diisopropylamino-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-butyramide was isolated as a low melting waxy solid; Yield: 68%; MS: 463.3 (M+H)+; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ0.98 (d, J=11 Hz, 6H), 1.16 (d, J=11 Hz, 6H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 2H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 6.98 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.1814 7.22 (m, 5H), 7.92 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 8.12 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 65

3-Cyclohexyl-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (4.0 g, 15 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and 1-bromomethyl cyclohexane (2.7 g, 15 mmol). Yield 5.0 g, 94%; Colorless oil; MS: 355 M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 29, 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester(1.5 g, 4.2 mmol) and 3-picolyl chloride (1.0 g, 6 mmol). Yield 1.0 g, 38%; Colorless oil; MS 446 (M+H) + .

Staring from 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (1.3 g, 2.9 mmol) 1.0 g (83%) of 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Mp 92° C.; MS: 417.5 (M+H) +

Starting from 3-cyclohexyl-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-propionic acid (1.0 g, 2.4 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 80 mg of 3-cyclohexyl-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-propionamide was isolated as a colorless hydrochloride salt; Yield: 71%; mp 57-60° C., MS: 433 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ0.8-2.08 (m, 13 H), 3.3 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 3.7 (d, J=14 Hz, 1H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7.0-8.5 (m, 8H).

EXAMPLE 66

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-4-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-4-methyl-pentanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.0 g, 20 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and 1-bromo-2-methyl propane (2.6 g, 20 mmol).

Yield 6.0 g, 95%; Colorless oil; MS: 315 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 29, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-4-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-penanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.1 g, 10 mmol) of 2-[(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-4-methyl pentanoic acid ethyl ester and 3-picolyl chloride hydrochloride (1,8 g, 11 mmol). Yield 3.0 g, 75%; Colorless oil; MS: 406 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-4-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (1.2 g, 29 mmol) 1.0 g (91%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-4-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pentanoic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Mp 188-186° C.; MS: 378 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-4-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pentanoic acid (800 mg, 2.1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 180 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-4-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid; Yield; 21%; mp 78° C.; MS: 393.4 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ); δ0.65 (d, 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 3H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 2.06 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 6.8-8.5 (m, 10H).

EXAMPLE 67

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl-2-methyl-3-quinolin-6-yl-propionamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 29, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-quinolin-6-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.2 g, 20 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and 7-bromomethyl quinoline (4.4 g, 20 mmol). Yield 4.5 g, 54%; Pale yellow solid; mp 86° C.; MS: 414 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-quinolin-6-yl-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.0 gm, 7.2 mmol) 2.5 g (90%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-quinolin-6-yl-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. mp 106-108° C.; MS: 386.4 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-quinolin-6-yl-propionic acid (2.0 gm, 5.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.2 g of N-hydroxy-2-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-quinolin-6-yl-propionamide was isolated as a colorless solid; Yield. 57%; mp 206° C.; MS: 401.4 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.4 (s, 3H), 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.8-4.0 (m, 4H), 7.1-8.95 (m, 12H).

EXAMPLE 68

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-6-phenoxy-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-6-phenoxy-hexanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (2.5 g, 10 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and 1-bromo-4-phenoxy butane (2.2, 10 mmol). Yield 3.8 g, 93%; Colorless oil; MS: 407 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-6-phenoxy-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (3.1 g, 10 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-6-phenoxy-hexanoic acid ethyl ester and 3-picolyl chloride (1.8 g, 11 mmol). Yield 3.5 g, 71%; Colorless oil; MS: 498 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-6-phenoxy-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 6.0 mmol), 2.8 g (Yield: Quantitative) of 2 -(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-6-phenoxy-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Mp 148-151° C.; MS: 470.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-6-phenoxy-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid (2.0 g, 4.3 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.5 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-6-phenoxy-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid; Yield: 72%; mp 68° C.; MS: 485.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.5-2.5 (m, 8H), 3.4 (bs, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 6.8-8.7 (m, 13H).

EXAMPLE 69

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-hexanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared starting from (10.0 g, 39 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and 1-bromo-3-methyl butane (6.0 g, 40 mmol). Yield 8.5 g, 62%; Colorless oil; MS: 329 (M+H) + .

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (6.0 g, 18 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-hexanoic acid ethyl ester and picolyl chloride hydrochloride (4.1 g, 25 mmol). Yield 4.5 g, 60%; Brown oil; MS: 420 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 7.1 mmol) 2.6 g (92%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid was isolated as a colorless solid by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Mp: 173 C; MS: 392 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid (1.0 g, 2.5 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 800 mg of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid; The hydrochloride was prepared by passing hydrogen chloride gas through methanol solution of the hydroxyamide. Yield: 72%; mp 62° C. (HCl salt); MS: 408 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ0.76 (m, 6H), 1.2-2.0 (m, 5H), 3.5 (bq, 2H), 7.1-8.8 (m, 8H), 11.1 (bs,1H).

EXAMPLE 70

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide

(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in Example 1. Starting from the corresponding 1-bromo tert-butyl acetate (5.3 g, 27 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzenethiol (3.7 g, 27 mmol), 6.4 g of the product was isolated. Yield 98%; Light yellow oil; MS: 255 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in Example 9. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester (5.0 g, 20 mmol) and 3-chloropemoxybenzoic acid 57% (12.0 g, 40 mmol), 5.3 g of the product was isolated. Yield 92%; Waxy solid; MS: 287.1 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pyridin-3-ylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Staring from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)acetic acid tert-butyl ester (20.0 g, 70.0 mmol) and 3-picolyl chloride (7.28 g, 44.4 mmol), 10.5 g of the product was isolated by silica gel chromatography (50% ethyl acetate: hexane). Yield 63%; white solid; mp 93-94° C.; MS: 378.0 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Staring from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pyridin-3-ylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester (2.0 g, 5.3 mmol) and n-butyl bromide (0.73 g, 5.3 mmol), 1.20 g of the product isolated. Yield 52%; yellowish gum; MS: 434.3 (M+H) + .

A mixture of the 2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid tert-butyl ester (1.1 g, 2.5 mmol), in methylene chloride/TFA (1:1)was stirred at room temperature for about 2 hours. The solvents were then evaporated and the 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid was purified by silica gel chromatography (30% methanol/methylene chloride). Yield 0.90 g,94%; white solid; mp 70° C.; MS: 376.1 (M−H) − .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the method as outlined in Example 1. Staring from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hexanoic acid (0.31 g, 0.81 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.70 g, 10 mmol), 0.13 g of the product isolated. Yield 37%; pale yellowish solid; mp 65° C.; MS: 392.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ0.80 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 2H), 3.53 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 7.15 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.90-8.00 (m, 1H), 8.40-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.70-8.85 (m, 2H), 11.0 (brs, 1H); IR (KBr, cm −1 ): 3064m, 2958s, 2871m, 1671m.

EXAMPLE 71

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-oct-2-ynyl-dec-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide

The title compound was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in example 9. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester (2.86 g, 10 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-octyne (3.80 g, 20 mmol), 4.4 g of the product isolated. Yield 100%; yellowish gum; MS: 446.9 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-oct-2-ynyl-dec-4-ynoic acid was prepared according to the method as outlined in example 70. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-oct-2-ynyl-dec-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester (4.40 g, 10.0 mmol), 2.0 g of the product isolated. Yield 49%; white solid; mp 61° C.; MS: 345.1 (M−H) − .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl-2-oct-2-ynyl-dec-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the method as outlined in example 1. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-oct-2-ynyl-dec-4-ynoic acid (0.36 g, 0.81 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.70 g, 10 mmol), 0.25 g of the product isolated. Yield 62%; white solid; mp 83-84° C.; 462.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ0.82-0.90 (m, 6H), 1.15-1.45 (m, 12H), 1.90-2.05 (m, 4H), 2.86 (brd, J=17.0 Hz, 2H), 3.00 (brd, J=17.0 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 7.15 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 9.20 (brs, 1H), 10.90 (brs, 1H); IR (KBr, cm −1 ): 3344s, 3208m, 2930m, 2870m, 1677s, 1592s;

Anal. Calc'd for C 25 H 35 NO 5 S: C, 65.05; H, 7.64; N, 3.03. Found: C, 65.26; H, 7.68; N, 2.90.

EXAMPLE 72

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester (2.86 g, 10 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-butyne (2.68 g, 20 mmol), 3.50 g of the product was isolated. Yield 90%; white solid; mp 85-87° C.; MS: 391.0 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in example 70. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester (3.0 g, 7.7 mmol), 2.5 g of the product isolated. Yield 97%; white solid; mp 141-143° C.; MS: 333.1 (M−H) − .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the method as outlined in example 1. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid (0.27 g, 0.81 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.70 g, 10 mmol), 0.23 g of the product was isolated. Yield 89%; white solid; mp 135-137° C.; MS: 349.9 (M+H) − 1; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ1.67 (s, 6H), 2.70-3.10 (m, 4H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 7.15 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 9.20 (brs, 1H), 10.90 (brs, 1H); IR (KBr, cm−1): 3301s, 3161m, 2922m, 1640m, 1595s, 1500m.

EXAMPLE 73

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-prop-2-ynyl-pent-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-prop-2-ynyl-pent-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester (2.0 g, 7.0 mmol) and propargyl bromide (1.77 g, 15 mmol), 1.90 g of the product was isolated. Yield 75%; white solid; mp 113-115° C.; MS: 362.1 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-prop-2-ynyl-pent-4-ynoic acid was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 70. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-prop-2-ynyl-pent-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester (1.70 g, 4.7 mmol), 1.30 g of the product isolated. Yield 90%; white solid; mp 156° C.; MS: 305.1 (M−H) − .

2-(4Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-prop-2-ynyl-pent-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the method as outlined in Example 1. Starting from (4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-prop-2-ynyl-pent-4-ynoic acid (0.25 g, 0.81 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.70 g, 10 mmol), 0.22 g of the product was isolated. Yield 85%; white solid; mp 156° C.; MS: 321.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ2.00-2.13 (m, 2H), 3.00-3.30 (m, 4H), 3.90(s, 3H), 7.01 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.76 (brs, 1H), 10.65 (brs, 1H); IR (KBr, cm−1): 3392s, 3293s, 3271m, 2955m, 1650s, 1594s;

Anal. Calc'd for C 15 H 15 NO 5 S: C, 56.07; H, 4.70; N, 4.36. Found: C, 55.65; H, 4.67; N, 4.10.

EXAMPLE 74

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide

The title compound was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 38. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pyridin-3-yl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (2.20 g, 5.8 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-octyne (1.14 g, 6 mmol), 2.60 gm of the product isolated. Yield 92%; yellowish gum; MS: 486.0 (M+H) + .

A mixture of the 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester (2.60 g, 5.35 mmol), in methylene chloride/TFA (1:1) is stirred at room temperature for about 2 hours. (Ref. example 70) The solvents are then evaporated and the 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid was purified by silica gel chromatography (˜30% methanol/methylene chloride). Yield: 2.0 g, 87%; White solid; mp 146° C.; MS: 428.1 (M−H) − .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 1. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid (0.71 g, 1.62 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.39 g, 20 mmol), 0.48 g of the product was isolated. Yield 67%; off-white solid; mp 65° C.; MS: 445.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ0.84 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.40 (m, 6H), 1.85-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.79 (d, J=17.9 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (d, J=17.9 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.19 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.85-7.89 (m, 1H), 8.37-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.70-8.80 (m, 2H), 11.0 (brs, 1H); IR (KBr, cm−1): 3157m, 3095m, 2954s, 2932s 2858m, 1671m, 1593s;

Anal. Calc'd for C 23 H 28 N 2 O 5 S.HCl.0.9H 2 O: C, 55.56; H, 6.24; N, 5.63. Found: C, 55.84; H, 6.19; N, 5.59.

EXAMPLE 75

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pent-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pent-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 38. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pyridin-3-ylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester (3.77 g, 10 mmol) and propargyl bromide (1.74 g, 13 mmol), 2.50 g of the product was isolated. Yield 60%; yellowish solid; mp 132-133° C.; MS: 416.0 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pent-4-ynoic acid was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 70. Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pent-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester (2.0 g, 4.8 mmol), 1.2 g of the product isolated. Yield 69%; white solid; mp 119-121° C.; MS: 358.1 (M−H) − .

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pent-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the method as outlined in Example 1. Staring from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-pent-4-ynoic acid (0.29 g, 0.81 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.70 m, 10 mmol), 0.065 g of the product was isolated. Yield 25%; off-white solid; mp 70° C.; MS: 375.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6 ) δ1.19 (brs, 1H), 2.90-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.55 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.18 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.80-7.89 (m, 1H), 8.35-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.70-8.80 (m, 2H), 11.1 (brs, 1H); IR (KBr, cm−1): 3168m, 3095s, 1670m, 1593s.

EXAMPLE 76

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfanyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 1. Starting from 4-fluorothiophenol (30.0 g, 230 mmol) and tert-butyl bromoacetate (45.67 g, 230 mmol), 53.4 g of the product was isolated. Yield 100%; pale yellowish oil; MS: 243.1 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in Example 9. Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester (48.4 g, 200 mmol) and 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (121.3 g (57%), 400 mmol), 48.0 g of the product was isolated. Yield 88%; pale yellowish oil; MS: 275.1 (M+H) + .

The title compound was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 70. Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-pyridin-3-ylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester (1.83 g, 5.0 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-butyne (0.67 g, 5.0 mmol), 2.18 g of the product was isolated. Yield 100%; yellowish gum; MS: 419.2 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-ynoic acid was prepared according to the method as outlined in Example 38. Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester (2.1 g, 5.0 mmol), 1.20 g of the product was isolated. Yield 67%; off-white solid; mp 150° C.; MS: 360.2 (M−H) − .

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the method as outlined in Example 1. Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-hex-4-ynoic acid (0.29 g, 0.81 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.70 g, 10 mmol), 0.15 g of the product was isolated. Yield 45%; white solid; mp 190° C.; MS: 377.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ1.60 (s, 3H), 2.70-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.53 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.95 (m, 3H), 8.35-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.74-8.79 (m, 2H), 11.1 (brs, 1H); IR (KBr, cm−1): 3154m, 3105s, 3068s, 2875m, 1696s, 1630w, 1590s;

Anal. Calc'd for C 18 H 17 FN 2 O 4 S.HCl.0.5H 2 O: C, 51.24; H, 4.54; N, 6.64. Found: C, 51.21; H, 4.35; N, 6.46.

EXAMPLE 77

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide

The title compound was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-3-pyridin-3-ylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester (1.83 g, 5.0 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-octyne (0.95 g, 5.0 mmol), 1.80 g of the product was isolated. Yield 56%; yellowish gum; MS: 474.3 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid was prepared according to the method as outlined in Example 70. Staring from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester (1.80 g, 3.8 mmol), 1.40 g of the product was isolated. Yield 88%; off-white solid; mp 123-124° C.; MS: 416.3 (M−H) − .

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the method as outlined in Example 1. Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-dec-4-ynoic acid (0.67 g, 1.62 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.39 g, 20 mmol), 0.22 g of the product was isolated. Yield 29%; white solid; mp 180-182° C.; MS: 433.2 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ0.84 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.40 (m, 6H), 1.90-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.75 (d, J=19.9 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (d, J=19.9 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.60(m, 2H), 7.70-8.00 (m, 3H), 8.30-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.70-8.80 (m, 2H), 11.1 (brs, 1H), IR (KBr, cm−1): 3154m, 3105s, 3067m, 2957s, 2933s, 2873m, 1690s, 1631m.

Anal. Calc'd for C 2 2H 25 FN 2 O 4 S.HCl: C, 56.34; H, 5.59; N, 5.97. Found: C, 56.18; H, 5.54; N,5.76.

EXAMPLE 78

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 9. Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid tert-butyl ester (4.87 g, 20 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-butyne (5.36 g, 40 mmol), 6.0 g of the product was isolated. Yield 77%; white solid; mp 85° C.; MS: 379.1 (M+H) + .

2-(Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid was prepared according to the procedure as outlined in Example 70, starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid tert-butyl ester (3.50 g, 8.47 mmol), 2.35 g of the product was isolated. Yield 79%; white solid; mp 129-131° C., MS: 642.8 (2M−H) − .

2-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid hydroxyamide was prepared according to the method as outlined in Example 1. Starting from 2-(4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-2-but-2-ynyl-hex-4-ynoic acid (0.26 g, 0.81 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.70 g, 10 mmol), 0.21 g of the product was isolated. Yield 77%; white solid; mp 161-163° C.; MS:338.1(M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ1.67 (s, 6H), 2.80-3.10 (m, 4H), 7.51 (dd, J=9.0, 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 9.26 (brs, 1H), 10.95 (brs, 1H); IR (KBr, cm−1): 3336s, 3245m, 1681s, 1589m, 1493m;

Anal. Calc'd for C 16 H 16 FNO 4 S: C, 56.96; H, 4.78; N, 4.15. Found: C, 56.59; H., 4.75; N, 4.04.

EXAMPLE 79

2-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide

Following the procedure as outlined in Example 9, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (5.0 g, 20 mmol) 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester and isoprenyl bromide (6.0 g, 40 mmol). Yield 7.0 g, 88%; Colorless oil; MS: 395 (M+H) + .

Starting from 2-(-4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-hex-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (3.5 g, 9 mmol), 3.3 g (97%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-hex-4-enoic acid was isolated as a colorless oil by following the procedure as outlined in Example 9. MS: 365 (M−H) − .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-hex-4-enoic acid (2.6 g, 7.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in Example 1, 1.36 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5-methyl-2-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-hex-4-enoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid. Yield: 67%; mp 93-96° C.; MS: 383 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ1.68 (s, 6H), 1.73 (s, 6H), 2.72 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.12 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (bs, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 9.71 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 80

2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-heptanoic acid ethyl ester (13.8 g, 98%) was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 1 starting from ethyl 2-bromoheptanoate (11 g, 47 mmol) and 4-methoxythiophenol (6 g, 42.8 mmol), as a yellow oil; MS: 297.2 (M+H) + .

2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-heptanoic acid was prepared starting with 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-heptanoic acid ethyl ester (4 g, 13.5 mmol) dissolved in methanol (300 ml) and 10 N NaOH (25 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 1. Yield 3 g (83%). yellow oil. MS: 267.1 (M−H) − .

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-heptanoic acid (2.49 g, 9.32 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 1.83 g of 2-(4-(methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Mp 90-95° C.; Yield 70%; MS: 284.0 (M+H) 30 ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.826 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.135-1.76 (m, 8H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.91-7.49 (m, 4H).

EXAMPLE 81

(49A) 2R*-(4-methoxy-phenyl-S*-sulfinyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide and (49B) 2S*-(4-methoxy-phenyl-R*-sulfinyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide

Starting from 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide (1.69 g, 6 mmol) and following the procedure outlined in example 5, the two diastereomers of 2-(4-methoxy-phenylsulfinyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide were separated on a silica gel column using 75% ethyl acetate:hexanes. The less polar isomer, 2R*-(4-methoxy-phenyl-S*-sulfinyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a white powder. Yield: 390 mg (22%); mp 115° C.; MS: 300.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): 0.828 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.23 (m, 6H), 1.73-1.99 (m, 2H), 3.11-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 7.09-7.61 (m, 4H). The more polar isomer, 2S*-(4-methoxy-phenyl-R*-sulfinyl)-heptanoic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a gray solid. Yield: 200 mg (11%); mp 112° C.; MS: 300.0 (M+H) 30 , 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.754 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.014-1.121 (m, 6H), 1.58-1.89 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.834 (s, 3H), 7.13-7.65 (m, 4H).

EXAMPLE 82

2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic hydroxyamide hydrochloride

Following the procedure as outlined in example 12, 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester was prepared, starting from (4.0 g, 15 mmol) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester and 4-(morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride hydrochloride (2.9 g, 10 mmol). Yield 4.8 g, 98%; Brown oil; MS: 492 (M+H) + .

Staring from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid ethyl ester (4.0 gm, 8.1 mmol) 3.2 g (Yield: 84%) of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid was isolated as colorless crystals by following the procedure as outlined in example 9. Mp 171° C.; MS: 464 (M+H) + .

Staring from 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid (4.0 g, 8.6 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 1, 2.5 g of 2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-morpholin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic hydroxyamide was isolated as colorless solid. The hydrochloride salt was prepared by reacting the free base with methanolic hydrogen chloride at 0° C. Yield: 2.5 g, 60%; mp 98° C; MS: 479 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): 1.36 (s, 3H), 3.8-12.6 (m, 16 H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.1-4.3 (m, 1H), 6.6 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.1 (d, 8 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, 9 Hz, 2H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 83

1-Benzyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic Acid hydroxyamide

To a stirred solution of 4-methoxybenzenethiol (2.8 gm, 20 mmol) and anhydrous K 2 CO 3 (10 gm, excess) in dry acetone (100 ml), α-bromo ethyl acetate (3.3 gm, 20 mmol) was added in a round bottom flask and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 8 hours with good stirring. At the end, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool and the potassium salts were filtered off and the reaction mixture was concentrated The residue was extracted with chloroform and washed with H 2 O and 0.5 N NaOH solution. The organic layer was further washed well with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. (4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester was isolated as pale yellow oil. Yield: 4.4 g (100%); MS; 227 (M+H) + .

To a stirred solution of 60% 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (14.0 gm, 40 mmol) in methylene chloride (100 ml) at 0° C., (4-methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (4.4 g, 20 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (15 ml) was added slowly. The reaction mixture turned cloudy and was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with hexanes (300 ml) and stirred for 15 minutes. The solids were filtered off and Na 2 SO 3 solution was added to the organic layer which was stirred for at least 3 hours before the mixture was extracted with CHCl 3 and washed with H 2 O. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated and the colorless (4-methoxy-phenylsulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester was isolated as an oil Yield: 100%; MS: 259.1 (M+H) + .

To a stirred solution of diethanol amine (10.5 g, 100 mmol), and anhydrous K 2 CO 3 (30 gm, excess) in dry acetone (250 ml), benzyl bromide (17.2 gm, 100 mmol) was added in a round bottom flask and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 8 hours with good sting. At the end, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool and the potassium salts were filtered off and the reaction mixture was concentrated The residue was extracted with chloroform and washed with H 2 O. The organic layer was further washed well with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. Colorless oil. Yield: 19.0 g, 97%; MS: 196 (M+H).

N-Benzyldiethanolamine (9.75 g, 50 mmol) was dissolved in saturated methanolic hydrochloric acid and concentrated to dryness. The hydrochloride thus formed was dissolved in methylene chloride (300 ml) and thionyl chloride (20 g, excess) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. At the end reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the product bis-(2-chloro-ethyl))-benzyl amine hydrochloride was used for further transformation with out any purification. Yield: 13.0 g, 97%; Mp: MS: 232 (M+H).

To a stirred solution of bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-benzyl amine hydrochloride (6.6 g, 24.7 mmol), 18-Crown-6 (500 mg), and anhydrous K 2 CO 3 (30 gm, excess) in dry acetone (250 ml), (4-methoxy-phenylsulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (6.12 gm, 24 mmol) was added in a round bottom flask and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 16 hours with good stirring. At the end, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool and the potassium salts were filtered off and the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was extracted with chloroform and washed with H 2 O. The organic layer was further washed well with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated The dark brown reaction mixture was purified by silica gel coumn chromatography by eluting it with 30% ethylacetate: hexane and the product 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-benzyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was isolated as Brown oil. Yield: 6.0 g, 60%; MS: 418 (M+H).

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-benzyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 11.9 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH/THF (1:1, 200 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 72 hrs. At the end reaction mixture was concentrated and the product was nuetralised with con. Hcl by dissolving it in water (200 ml). After the nuetralization reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. Ice cold water (100 ml) was added to the solid and filtered. The product 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-benzyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was dried at 50 C and taken to next step with out any purification. Colorless solid. Yield: 3.2 g, 69% ; MS: 390 (M+H).

To a stirred solution of 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-benzyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.0 g, 5.1 mmol) and DMF (2 drops) in CH 2 Cl 2 (100 ml) at 0° C., oxalyl chloride (1.0 gm, 8 mmol) was added in a drop-wise manner. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room a for 1 hour. Simultaneously, in a separate flask a mixture of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.0 gm, 29 mmol) and triethylamine (5 ml, excess) was stirred in THF:water (5:1, 30 ml) at 0° C. for 1 hour. At the end of 1 hour, the oxalyl chloride ion mixture was concentrated and the pale yellow residue was dissolved in 10 ml of CH 2 Cl 2 and added slowly to the hydroxylamine at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours and concentrated. The residue obtained was extracted with chloroform and washed well with water. The product obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography and eluted with chloroform the product 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-benzyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a colorless solid mp 90-95° C.; Yield, 1.2 g, 48%; MS: 405 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.29 (m, 3H), 2.76-2.79 (m, 2H), 3.43 (m 4H),4.30 (s, 2H), 7.14-7.17 (d,2H), 7.50-7.73 (m, 5H), 9.37 (s,1H), 10.53 (s,1H), 11.18 (s,1H).

EXAMPLE 84

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine -4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (3.1 g, 29.5 mmol) and 3-methoxybenzyl chloride (5 g, 31.9 mmol). Yield 9.28 g, (99%); yellow oil; MS: 226 (M+H).

3-Methoxybenzyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 3-Methoxy-benzyl diethanolamine (4.4 g, 20 mmol). Yield 4.5 g (93%); yellow solid mp 86-88 C.; MS: 263. (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 22 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro ethyl)-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (8.0 g, 23.5 mmol). Yield 2.4 g (24%); low melting solid; MS: 447.9 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (2.4 g, 5.36 mmol) dissolve in methanol (30 mL), 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL), tetrahydrohydrofuran (20 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 710 mg (32%). white solid mp 199° C., MS: 419.9 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (830 mg, 1.98 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 190 mg of 4(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a white solid mp 130° C.; Yield 20.4%; MS: 435.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.24-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.51(d, 2H), 2.73-2.83 (m, 2H), 3.37 (d, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 7.01-7.77 (m,8H), 9.38 (s, 1H0, 10.1 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 85

1-(3,4-dichlorobenzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(3,4-dichloro-benzyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Staring from diethanolamine (4.84 g, 46 mmol) and 3,4-dichlorobenzyl chloride (9.0 g, 46 mmol). Yield 13.8 g (99%); colorless oil; MS: 264.3 (M+H) + .

3,4-Dichlorobenzyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 3,4-dichlorobenzyl diethanolamine (10.7 g, 41 mmol). Yield 99%; yellow solid mp 218-220° C.; MS: 301.8 (M+H) + .

1-(3,4-Dichloro-benzyl)-4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (2.9 g, 11 mmol) and 3,4-dichlorobenzyl-bis(2-chloroethyl)-amine (3.4 g, 11 mmol). Yield 5.9 g (60%); brown oil; MS: 494.5 (M+H) + .

1-(3,4-Dichloro-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-(3,4-dichloro-benzyl)-4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 10 mmol) dissolved in methanol (50 mL), 10 N sodium hydroxide (15 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (75 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 2.94 g (62%), MS: 458.3 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-(3,4-chlorobenzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.67 g, 5.8 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 0.2 g of 1-(3,4-dichlorobenzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a white solid. mp 192-195° C.; Yield 10%; MS 472.9 (H+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.20-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.79 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.44 (m, 4H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 7.14-7.17 (d, J=0.030, 2H), 7.50-7.73 (d, J=0.027, 1H), 7.65-7.68 (d, J=0.029, 2H), 7.72-7.75 (d, J=0.027, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 9.37 (s, 1H), 10.53 (s, 1H), 11.18 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 86

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methylbenzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(4-methyl-benzyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (4.8 g, 46 mmol) and 4-methylbenzyl chloride (8.5 g, 46 mmol). Yield 9.8 g (99%); MS: 209.9 (M+H) + .

4-Methylbenzyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-methyl-benzyl diethanolamine (6 g, 20 mmol). Yield 5.2 g (84%); yellow solid mp 145-147° C.; MS: 245.9 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methyl-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (7.0 g, 27 mmol) and 4-methyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (5.0 g, 17 mmol). Yield 4.64 g (63%); low melting solid; MS: 431.9 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methyl-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.3 g, 9.9 mmol) dissolve in methanol (30 mL), 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL), tetrahydrohydrofuran (20 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 1.6 g (40%). white solid mp 207-208° C., MS: 404.3 (M+H) + .

Staring from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methylbenzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.59 g, 3.9 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 0.505 g of 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methylbenzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a white solid. mp 176-177° C.; Yield 32%; MS: 419.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.24-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.51(t, 3H), 2.73-2.80 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.17 (d, J=0.039, 2H), 7.23-7.60 (d, J=0.036, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (d, J=0.025, 2H), 7.65-7.68 (d, J=0.039, 2H).

EXAMPLE 87

4-(4-methoxy-benzene-sulfonyl)-1-napthalene-2-yl-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(2-napthyl-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (6.18 g, 59 mmol) and 2-(bromomethyl)napthalene (10 g, 45 mmol). Yield 12.7 g (96%); yellow solid mp 162-164° C.; MS: 246.0 (M+H) + .

2-Napthyl-2-ylmethyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-napthyl-ylmethyl-diethanol amine (10 g, 36 mmol). Yield 9.1 g (79%); brown solid mp 124-126° C.; MS: 281.9 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-napthalene-ylmethyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (8.4 g, 32 mmol) and 1-napthalene-ylmethyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine ((8.6 g, 27 mmol). Yield 6.5 g (52%); low melting solid; MS: 440.0 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-napthalene-ylmethyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-napthalene-ylmethyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (6.3 g, 13 mmol) dissolved in methanol (30 mL), 10 N sodium hydroxide (30 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (30 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 2.3 g (36%). yellow solid mp 226-228° C., MS: 440.0 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-napthalene-2-yl-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.18 g, 5.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 0.753 g of 4-(4-methoxy-benzene-sulfonyl)-1-napthalene-2-yl-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a off white solid. mp 168-170° C.; Yield 31%; MS 455.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.29-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.89 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.46 (m, 4H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.16 (d, J=0.030, 2H), 7.56-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.65-7.68 (d, J=0.030, 2H), 7.98-8.00 (m, 3H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H), 11.20 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 88

1-Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(1-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl))-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanol amine (5.2 g, 49 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)biphenyl (10 g, 49 mmol). Yield 9.98 g (66%); white solid mp 160-162° C.; MS: 271.9 (M+H) + . This was converted to the dichloride as outlined in example 83

1-Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester -was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (2.85 g, 11 mmol) and 1-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (3.4 g, 11 mmol). Yield 2.1 g, (39%); beige solid, mp 176-178° C., MS: 494.1 (M+H) + .

1-Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-biphenyl-4ylmethyl-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.7 g, 12 mmol) dissolved in ethanol (20 mL), tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 2.1 g (39% ) MS: 465.8 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 2.2 mmol and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 0.132 g of 1-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a tan solid. mp 168° C.; Yield 20%; MS: 440.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.30-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.87 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.5 (m, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 7.15-7.721 (d, J=0.059 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.65 (m, 5H), 7.68-7.74 (d, J=0.06 Hz, 2H), 9.3 (s, 1H), 10.3 (s, 1H), 11.15 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 89

4-(4-methoxy-benzene-sulfonyl)-1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanol amine (4.1 g, 39 mmol) and 4-bromo-2-methyl-butene (6.0 g, 40 mmol). Yield (98%); brown oil; MS: 173.8 (M+H) + .

1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)]-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-[(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-amino]-ethanol (10.4 g, 50 mmol). Yield 10.5 g (99%); brown solid; MS: 210.3 (M+H) 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 1. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (11.32 g, 44 mmol) and 3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-bis-(2-chloroethyl)-amine (10.4 g, 50 mmol). Yield 6.2 g (36%); brown oil; MS: 395.6 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (6.2 g, 16 mmol) dissolved in ethanol (15 mL), 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (75 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 1.2 g (21%). brown solid mp 196-197° C., MS: 367.9 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.0 g. 3.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 0.110 mg of 4-(4-methoxy-benzene-sulfonyl)-1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a yellow solid. mp 142-145° C.; Yield 12%; MS: 382.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.67 (s, 3H), 1.79 (s, 3H), 2.18-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.73 (m, 2 H), 3.37-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.69 (m, 2H), 5.19-5.24 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.18 (d, J=0.03, 2H), 7.67-7.70 (d, J=0.030, 2H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 9.88 (s, 1H), 11.15 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 90

1-(4-Bromo-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(4-Bromobenzyl)-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (22.5 g, 150 mmol). and 4-bromobenzyl bromide (25 g, 100 mmol). Yield 33.66 g, (99%); yellow oil; MS: 273.8 (M+H) + .

(4-Bromo-benzyl)-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-[(4-bromobenzyl)-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol (33.28 g, 122 mmol). Yield 47 g, (99%); brown solid; mp 125° C.; MS: 309.8 (M+H) + .

1-(4-Bromo-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (8.6 g, 33.5 mmol) and (4-bromo-benzyl)-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (13.3 g, 38.6 mmol). Yield 17 g (44%); brown oil; MS: 497.8 (M+H) + .

1-(4-Bromo-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-(4-bromo-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (16.5 g, 33.3 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (20 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 6.18 g (40%); tan solid; mp 215° C.; MS: 469.7 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-(4-Bromo-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.95 g, 4.2 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 1.29 g of 1-(4-bromo-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 60%; mp 180° C.; MS: 484.7 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.18-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.46 (d, 2H), 2.74-2.89 (m, 2H), 3.39 (d, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=17 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.65-7.68 (m, 4H), 9.37 (s, 1H), 10.5 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 91

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(3-phenyl-propyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (15.8 g, 151 mmol). and 1-bromo-3-phenylpropane (20 g, 101 mmol). Yield 21.31 g, (95%); yellow oil; MS: 223.9 (M+H) + .

Bis-(2-Chloro-ethyl)-(3-phenyl-propyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-[(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-(3-phenyl-propyl)-amino]-ethanol (20.32 g, 90.7 mmol). Yield 24.9 g (92%); brown oil; MS: 259.8 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (12 g, 46.5 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-(3-phenyl-propyl)-amine (24.8 g, 93.8 mmol). Yield 11.24 g (54%); brown oil; MS: 446 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (10.74 g, 24.13 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 4.67 g (47%); off white powder; mp 203° C.; MS: 418.2 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (4.37 g, 10.4 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 1.64 g of 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 37%; mp 143° C.; MS: 432.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.92-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.47 (d, 2H), 2.58 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.73 (m, 2H), 3.0-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.60 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 7.15-7.30 (m, 7 H), 7.68, (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 9.3 (s, 1H), 10.1 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 92

1-Tert-butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

tert-Butyl-bis-(2chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 1-tert-butyl-diethanolamine (6 g, 37.2 mmol). Yield 11.15 g, (99%); white solid; MS: 197.8 (M+H) + .

1-tert-Butyl-4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-(4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (10 g, 38.76 mmol) and tert-butyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (5.25 g, 2253 mmol). Yield 5.37 g, (62%); brown oil; MS: 384 (M+H) + .

1-tert-Butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-tert-butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.37 g 14 mmol) dissolved in methanol (300 ml) and 10 N NaOH (23 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 1.52 g (30.6%); white powder; mp 204° C.; MS: 356 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-tert-butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (320 mg, 0.9 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 190 mg of 1-tert-butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a green solid. Yield 52%; mp 40° C.; MS: 371.1 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.29 (s, 9H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.67 (d, 2H).

EXAMPLE 93

1-Butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

Butyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from N-butyldiethanolamine (6 g, 37.2 mmol). Yield 11.3 g, (99%); white powder mp 165° C.; MS: 197.9 (M+H) + .

1-Butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Staring from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)acetic acid ethyl ester (5 g, 19.38 mmol) and butyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (4.52 g, 19.38 mmol). Yield 6.86 g, (93%); brown oil; MS: 384 (M+H) + .

1-Butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (6.42 g 16.8 mmol) dissolved in methanol (200 ml) and 10 N NaOH (20 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 1.6 g (27%); white powder mp 206° C.; MS: 356.4 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.51 g, 4.3 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 200 mg of 1-butyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 9.3%; mp 75° C.; MS: 371.1 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.87 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.97 (m, 2H) 3.88 (s, 3H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.69 (d, 2H).

EXAMPLE 94

1-Cyclooctyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

Cyclooctyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from N-cyclooctyldiedmanolanine (6 g, 28 mmol). Yield 10 g, (99%); off white solid; mp 158° C.; MS: 251.9 (M+H) + .

1-Cyclooctyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (5 g, 19.4 mmol) and cyclooctyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (5.57 g, 19.4 mmol). Yield 8.2 g, (96%); brown oil; MS: 438 (M+1) + .

1-Cyclooctyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-cyclooctyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (8 g, 18.3 mmol) dissolved in methanol (200 ml) and 10 N NaOH (25 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 2.36 g (32%); white powder mp 180° C.; MS: 410 (M+) + .

Starting from 1-Cyclooctyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.26 g, 5.53 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 570 mg of 1-cyclooctyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a white powder. Yield 22%; mp>200° C.; MS: 425 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.42-1.66 (m, 14H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 2H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 3.30-351 (m, 3H) 3.88 (s, 3H) 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.66 (d, 2H).

EXAMPLE 95

1-Ethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

1-Ethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (3 g, 11.6 mmol) and ethyl-bis-(2chloro-ethyl)-amine (2.39 g, 11.6 mmol). Yield 3.09 g, (75%); low melting brown solid; MS: 356 (M+H) + .

1-Ethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-ethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (2.42 g, 6.8 mmol) dissolved in methanol (100 ml) and 10 N NaOH (15 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 1.29 g (58%); white solid; mp 209° C.; MS: 328 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-ethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.23 g, 3.76 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 1.02 g of 1-ethyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white powder. Yield 80%; mp 85° C.; MS: 343 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.926 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.68-1.89 (m, 4H), 2.05-2.24 (m, 4H), 2.73 (q, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.07 (d, 2H), 7.64 (d, 2H).

EXAMPLE 96

1-Isopropyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

1-Isopropyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (5.7 g, 22.2 mmol) and isopropyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (4.9 g, 22.2 mmol). Yield 5.64 g, (68%); low melting brown solid; MS: 370 (M+H) + .

1-Isopropyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-isopropyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.6 g, 15.2 mmol) dissolved in methanol (75 ml) and 10 N NaOH (25 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 2.18 g (42%); white powder mp 204° C.; MS: 341.9 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-isopropyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.13 g, 6.25 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 590 mg of 1-isopropyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a white powder. Yield 2.4%; mp 75° C.; MS: 357 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.21 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H), 2.33-3.53 (m, 9H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 7.66 (d, 2H).

EXAMPLE 97

1-Methyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

1-Methyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (3 g, 11.6 mmol) and methyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (2.2 g, 11.6 mmol). Yield 3.09 g, (75%); low melting brown solid; MS: 342 (M+H) + .

1-Methyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-methyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (8.7 g, 25.6 mmol) dissolved in methanol (300 ml) and 10 N NaOH (35 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 3.23 g (41%); white solid; mp 204° C.; MS: 313.9 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-methyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.0 g, 6.38 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 1.10 g of 1-methyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a yellow powder. Yield 53%; mp 89° C.; MS: 329 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.67-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.96 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.17 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 2H) 3.83 (s, 3H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 7.62 (d, 2H).

EXAMPLE 98

1-Benzyl-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

1-Benzyl-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(butoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (6 g, 20 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-benzylamine (10 g, 30 mmol). Yield 5.15 g (56%); yellow oil; MS: 460 (M+H) + .

1-Benzyl-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-benzyl-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.1 g, 11.1 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (10 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 2.66 g (56%); off white solid; mp 210° C.; MS: 432 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-benzyl-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.61 g, 6.06 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 860 mg of 1-benzyl-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white powder. Yield 32%; mp 144° C.; MS: 446.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.70 (q, 2H), 2.28-2.32 (m, 2H), 250 (d, 2H), 2.74-2.83 (m, 2H), 3.35 (d, 2H), 4.08 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 713 (d, J=8.7, 2H), 7.45 (s, 3H), 7.54 (s, 2H), 7.74 (d, J=8.7, 2H), 9.35 (s, 1H), 10.7 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 99

1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Staring from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (18.8 g, 72.8 mmol) and (4-fluoro-benzyl)-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (20.8 g, 73 mmol). Yield 25 g (79%); brown oil; MS: 436.9 (M+H) + .

1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (17.4 g, 40 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 10.8 g (66%); colorlesssolid; mp 154° C.; MS: 408 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (8.14 g, 20 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 4.3 g of 1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 51%; mp 176-178° C.; MS: 484.7 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.12-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.79 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 7.14-7.19 (d, J=17 Hz, 2H), 7.27-7.33 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.54 (d, 2H), 7.65-7.68 (d, 2H), 9.38 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 100

1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(butoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (6 g, 20 mmol) and (4-fluoro-benzyl)-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine (5.73 g, 20 mmol). Yield 8.2 g (86%); yellow oil; MS: 478 (M+H) + .

1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.77 g, 10 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (10 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 3.5 g (79%); off white solid; mp 114° C.; MS: 450 (M+H) + .

Starting from 1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.24 g, 5.0 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 200 mg of 1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white powder. Yield 9%; mp 112° C.; MS: 465.9 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.35-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.77 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.77 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.78 (m, 4H), 4.06-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 7.14-7.19 (d, J=8.7, 2H), 7.27-7.33 (d, 2H), 7.50-7.54 (d, 2H), 7.65-7.68 (d, 2H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 10.55 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 101

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (12.0 g, 114 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzyl chloride (14.2 g, 100 mmol). Yield 17.5 g, (77%); yellow oil; MS: 226 (M+H).

4-Methoxybenzyl-bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-Methoxy-benzyl diethanolamine (10 g, 44 mmol). Yield 10 g (75%); yellow solid mp 55 C; MS: 263.1 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 20 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro ethyl)-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (7.0 g, 22 mmol). Yield 5.0 g (56%); low melting solid; MS: 448.5 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.2 g, 10 mmol) dissolve in methanol (30 mL), 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL), tetrahydrohydrofuran (20 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 3.0 g (71%). white solid mp 190° C., MS: 420.4 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.0 g, 4.7 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 1.2 g of 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a white solid. mp 175° C. (HCl); Yield. 1.2 g, 59%; MS: 433.0 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.8 (m, 4H), 2.3(m, 2H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 3.37 (d, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s,3H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 9.2 (bs, 1H), 10.9 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 102

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-{(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-[2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-amino}-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (10.0 g, excess). and 1-(2-chloroethyl)-4-methoxybenzene (8.5 g, 50 mmol). Yield 11 g, (92%); yellow oil; MS: 240 (M+H) + .

The corresponding dichloride, bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-(4-methoxyphenyl-2-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-{(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-[2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-amino}-ethanol (10 g, 41.8 mmol). Yield 11 g (95%); brown oil; MS: 277.2 (M+H) + .

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 20 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-(4-methoxyphenyl-2-ethyl)-amine (6.4 g, 20 mmol). Yield 6.0 g (65%); brown oil; MS: 462.5 (M+H) + .

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 10.8 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 4.0 g (85%); off white powder mp 205° C.; MS: 434.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[2-(4--methoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.5 g, 3.46 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 900 mg of 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 58%; mp 206° C. (HCl); MS: 449.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.3 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 3H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m,4H), 3.60 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H),3.99 (s, 3H), 6.9 (d, 2 H), 7.1-7.25, (q, 4H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 9.3 (s, 1H), 10.6 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 103

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 1. Starting from diethanolamine (6.0 g, 57). and 2-bromo-ethylbenzene (9.0 g, 48.3 mmol). Yield 9 g, (90%); yellow oil; MS: 210 (M+H) + .

Bis-(2-Chloro-ethyl)-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol (8.5 g, 40.6 mmol). Yield 11 g (95%); brown oil; MS: 247.1 (M+H) + .

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 20 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-(2-phenylethyl)-amine (5.6 g, 20 mmol). Yield 5.5 g (63%); brown oil; MS: 432.5 (M+H) + .

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 6.9 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 2.0 g (72%); off white powder; mp 208° C.; MS: 404.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.5 g, 3.7 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 900 mg of 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenyl-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 58%; mp 205° C. (HCl); MS: 419.4 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.3 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 3H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m,4H), 3.9 (s, 3H),7.22-7.8 (m, 9H), 10.6 (s, 1H), 11.2 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 104

4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

4-(n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 4-(n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-acetic acid ethyl ester (2.5 g, 10 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro ethyl)-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (3.0 g, 10 mmol). Yield 3.5 g (71%); low melting solid; MS: 490.5 (M+H) + .

4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 6.1 mmol) dissolve in methanol (30 mL), 10 N sodium hydroxide (10 mL), tetrahydrohydrofuran (20 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 1.5 g (53%). white solid mp 207° C., MS: 462.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 2.1 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 1.2 g of 4-(4-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as a white solid. mp 173° C. (HCl); Yield: 800 mg, 77%; MS: 477.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.9 (t, 3H), 1.4 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m,2H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 3.5(m, 2H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 7.48 (d, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 9.4 (bs, 1H), 10.9 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 105

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (15.8 g, 151 mmol). and 3-Phenoxypropyl bromide (21.5 g, 100 mmol). Yield 21.31 g, (95%); yellow oil; MS: 238.1 (M+H) + .

Bis-(2-Chloro-ethyl)-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-[(2-hydroxy-ethyl)(3-phenoxy-propyl)-amino]-ethanol (20.0 g, 84 mmol). Yield 24.0 g (91%); brown oil; MS: 277.8 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (5.2 g, 20 mmol) and bis-(2chloro-ethyl)-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-amine (7.0 g, 22 mmol). Yield 6.5 g (70%); brown oil; MS: 462.5 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.2 g, 9.1 mmol) dissolved in THF:Methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 3.0 g (75%); off white powder; mp 195° C.; MS: 434.5 (M+H) + .

Staring from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.5 g, 5.77 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 1.2 g of 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 46%; mp 101° C.; MS: 448.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.18 (m, 2H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.6-2.73 (m, 2H), 3.0-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 6.9-7.7 (m, 9H), 9.33 (bs, 1H), 10.28 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 106

4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(butoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (3.0 g, 10 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-amine (3.0 g, 11 mmol). Yield 4.5 g (89%); brown oil; MS: 504.6 (M+H) + .

4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.0 g, 7.9 mmol) dissolved in THF:Methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 3.0 g (79%); off white powder; mp 191° C.; MS: 476.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (700 mg, 1.4 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 300 mg of 4-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(3-phenoxy-propyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 43%; mp 84° C.; MS: 491.5 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.9 (t, 3H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 2.18 (m, 2H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.6-2.73 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m 6H), 3.97 (t, 2H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 6.9-7.7 (m, 9H), 10.7 (bs, 1H), 1128 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 107

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (15.0 g, 150). and 2-chloro-phenol (15.6 g, 100 mmol). Yield 18 g, (80%); Colorless oil; MS: 226 (M+H) + .

Bis-(2-Chloro-ethyl)-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-amino]-ethanol (20.0 g, 88.8 mmol). Yield 25 g (94%); brown oil; MS: 263.1 (M+H) + .

4(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 20 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-amine (6.0 g, 20 mmol). Yield 5.8 g (64%); brown oil; MS: 448.5 (M+H) + .

4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenyl-ethoxy)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 11.1 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 3.0 g (63%); off white powder; mp 235° C.; MS: 420.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (2.5 g, 5.9 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 1.3 g of 4-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 50%; mp 168-172° C. (HCl); MS: 435.4 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ2.3 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 4H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.7 (m,2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 6.9-7.8 (mn, 9H), 9.3 (s, 1H), 10.2 (bs, 1H), 11.3 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 108

4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

4-(4-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (2.5 g, 10 mmol) and bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-amine (2.98 g, 10 mmol). Yield 3.0 g (69%); brown oil; MS: 490.6 (M+H) + .

4-(4-n-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenyl-ethoxy)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (2.5 g, 5.76 mmol) dissolved in THF:methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 1.5 g (56%); off white powder; mp 204° C.; MS: 462.5 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-n-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 2.16 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83, 600 mg of 4-(4-butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide was isolated as an off white solid. Yield 58%; mp 112° C. (HCl); MS: 477.4 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ0.942 (t, 3H), 1.4 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 2H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 4H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.9-3.4 (m, 4H), 3.3 (m, 4H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 6.9-7.7 (mn, 9H), 9.4 (s, 1H), 10.5 (bs, 1H), 11.3 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 109

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxyamide

Bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from diethanolamine (15.0 g, 150). and 4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl chloride (5.9 g, 20 mmol). Yield 5.5 g, (85%); Brown semi-solid; MS: 323 (M+H) + .

Bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-amine was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from 2-[(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-amine (3.22 g, 10 mmol). Yield 4.0 g (92%); brown semi-solid; MS: 361.1 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was prepared according to the general method as outlined in example 83. Starting from from 4-(methoxy-benzenesulfonyl) acetic acid ethyl ester (5.0 g, 20 mmol) and Bis-(2-chloro-ethyl)-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-amine (8.6 g, 20 mmol). Yield 6.0 g (55%); brown oil; MS: 545.7 (M+H) + .

4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared starting from 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[4-(2-piperidine-2-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.4 g, 10 mmol) dissolved in THF-methanol 3:1 and 10 N NaOH (40 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was worked up as outlined in example 83. Yield 4.0 g (77%); off white powder; mp 174° C.; MS: 517.6 (M+H) + .

Starting from 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (3.5 g, 6.78 mmol) and following the procedure as outlined in example 83,1.8 g of 4-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-1-[4-(2-piperidine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydroxy amide was isolated as an pale yellow solid. Yield 49%; mp 114° C. (HCl); MS: 532 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ1.4-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.9 (m, 2H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 4H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 6.9-7.8 (m, 8H), 9.1 (s, 1H), 10.8 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 110

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionamide

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-propionic acid to hydroxylamine resin 4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)resin 1 (2 g, 1.1 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel (Chemglass Inc. Part Number CG-1866) and suspended in DMF (20 mL). 2-Bromopropionic acid (0.6 mL, 3.0 eq.) 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBt, 1.8 g, 6.0 eq.) and 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC, 1.4 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). (A wash consisted of addition of the solvent and agitation either by nitrogen bubbling or shaking on the orbital shaker for 1-5 minutes, then filtration under vacuum). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

A sample of resin (5-20 mg) was subjected to cleavage with DCM (0.5 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (1×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated in vacuo on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. The product was then characterized by H 1 NMR, (DMSO d-6) δ4.54 (q, 1H), 1.83 (d, 3H).

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 4-methoxybenzenethiol

The N-Hydroxy-2-bromo-propionamide resin prepared in Step A (0.35 g, 1.1 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). 4-Methoxybenzenethiol (0.23 mL, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (288 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.17 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mite was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (175 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (1.0 mL) and benzenesulfonic acid (50 mg) were added The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL).The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (175 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and mCPBA (180 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 1214 24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionamide from resin

The N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step D (73 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated.

84% @ 215 nm; 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.75 (brs, 1 H), 7.95 (brs, 1 H), 7.71 (dd, 2 H), 7.16 (dd, 2 H),3.87 (s, 3 H), 3.83 (q, 1 H), 1.26 (d, 3 H).

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 111-113 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 110.

EXAMPLE 111

N-Hydroxy-2-(-methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-propionamide

72% @ 215 nm

N-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-propionamide. 76% @ 215 nm 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.90 &10.60 (brs, 1 H), 7.95 (brs, 1 H) 7.61 & 7.52 (dd, 2 H), 7.15 & 7.10 (dd, 2 H), 3.83 & 3.82 (s, 3 H), 3.42 & 3.28 (q 1H), 1.23 & 0.97 (d, 3 H).

EXAMPLE 112

N-Hydroxy-2-(3-methyl-butane-1-sulfanyl)-propionamide

74% @ 215 nm.

N-Hydroxy-2-(3-methyl-butane-1-sulfinyl)-propionamide. 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.8 (brs 1 H), 7.95 (brs, 1 H), 3.45 & 3.31 (q, 1 H), 2.71-2.50 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.46 (m, 3 H), 1.33 & 1.25 (d, 3 H), 0.94-0.82 (m, 6 H)

EXAMPLE 113

N-Hydroxy-2-(3-methyl-butane-1-sulfonyl)-propionamide

84% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 114

N-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-butyramide

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-3-methyl-butyric acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (5 g, 1.1 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (40 mL). 2-Bromo-3-methyl-butyric acid (9.96 g, 10.0 eq.) and DIC. (9.04 mL, 10.5 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 2-naphthalenethiol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.15 g, 1.1 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). 2-Naphthalenethiol (138 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (129 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.078 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

2-(2-Naphthalenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxypropionamide resin prepared in Step B (175 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (1.0 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (50 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

2-(2-Naphthalenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxypropionamide resin prepared in Step B (175 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and mCPBA (180 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of N-Hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-butyramide from resin

The 2-(2-Naphthalenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxypropionamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.2 meq(g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. 83% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 276 (M+H) + ; 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.7 (brs, 1 H), 7.91 (brs, 1 H), 7.91-7.81 (m, 4 H), 7.55-7.45 (m, 3 H), 3.41 (d, 1 H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.05 (d, 3 H), 0.97 (d, 3 H).

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 115-118 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 114:

EXAMPLE 115

N-Hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfinyl)-butyramide

67% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 116

N-Hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfonyl)-butyramide

97% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 308 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 117

N-Hydroxy-3-methyl-2-phenethylsulfinyl-butyramide

93% @ 215 mn; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 254 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 118

N-Hydroxy-3-methyl-2-phenethylsulfonyl-butyramide

97% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 286 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 119

(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfanyl)-acetic acid methyl ester

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromobutyric acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (5 g, 1.1 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (40 mL). 2-Bromobutyric acid (3.0 g, 3.0 eq.) HOBt (4.86 g, 6.0 eq.) and DIC. (3.75 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with methyl thioglycolate

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.45 g, 1.1 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). Methyl thioglycolate (286 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (404 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.24 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfanyl)-acetic acid methyl ester resin prepared in Step B (150 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (1.0 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (50 mg) were added The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfanyl)-acetic acid methyl ester resin prepared in Step B (150 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and mCPBA (180 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of (1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfanyl)-acetic acid methyl ester from resin

The (1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfanyl)-acetic acid methyl ester resin prepared in Step B (150 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 228 (M+Na) + .

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 120-124 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 119.

EXAMPLE 120

(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfonyl)-acetic acid hydroxyamide

LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 224 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 121

(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfinyl)-acetic acid hydroxy amide

100% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 240 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 122

(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfanyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide

1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.7 (brs, 1 H), 4.03 (t, 2 H), 2.95 (q, 1 H), 2.75-2.70 (m, 1 H), 2.60-2.54 (m, 1 H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 2 H), 1.58-1.50 (m, 4 H), 1.32 (sextet, 2 H), 0.88 (t, 3 H), 0.85 (t, 3 H); LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 264 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 123

(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfinyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide

83% @ 220 mm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 280 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 124

(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-propane-1-sulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 220 nm;

EXAMPLE 125

2-(4-Hydroxybenzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-3-phenyl-propionic acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (5 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (40 mL). 2-Bromo-3-phenyl-propionic acid (3.5 g, 3.0 eq.) HOBt (4.4 g, 6.0 eq.) and DIC. (3.4 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperate for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 4-hydroxythiophenol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.33 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). 4-Hydroxythiophenol (250 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (297 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.18 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene flit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

2-(4-Hydroxybenzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (110 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (0.73 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (36 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeoH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

2-(4-Hydroxybenzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (110 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and mCPBA (132 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 2-(4-Hydroxybenzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide from resin

The 2-(4-Hydroxybenzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (110 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. 84% @ 215 nm; 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.41 (brs, 1 H), 7.95 (brs (1 H), 7.30-7.15 (m, 5 H), 7.10 (dd, 2 H), 6.75 (dd, 2 H), 3.53 (q, 1 H), 3.05 (dd, 1 H), 2.79 (dd, 1 H).

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 126-130 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 125.

EXAMPLE 126

2-(4-Hydroxybenzenesulfinyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide

73% @ 215 nm;

EXAMPLE 127

2-(4-Hydroxybenzenesulfonyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide

77% @ 215 nm; 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.50 (brs, 1 H), 7.95 (brs, 1 H), 7.68-7.57 (m, 2 H), 7.28-7.17 (m, 3 H), 7.08-7.98 (m, 2 H), 6.95-6.87 (m, 2 H), 3.96 (t, 1 H), 3.02 (d, 2 H).

EXAMPLE 128

2-(4-Acetylamino-benzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide

86% @ 215 nm; 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.50 (brs, 1 H), 10.03 (brs, 1 H), 8.13 (brs, 1 H), 7.56-7.12 (m, 9 H), 3.67 (q, 1 H), 3.08 (dd, 1 H), 2.84 (dd, 1 H), 2.04 (s, 3 H)

EXAMPLE 129

2-(4-Acetylamino-benzenesulfinyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide

73% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 130

2-(4-Acetylamino-benzenesulfonyl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionamide

95% @ 215 nm;

EXAMPLE 131

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-methanesulfanyl-phenylsulfanyl)-butyric acid methyl ester

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-5-methyl glutaric acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (4.5 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (40 mL). S-2-Bromo-5-methyl glutarate (3.87 g, 3.0 eq.) HOBt (4.4 g, 6.0 eq.) and DIC (3.4 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 4-hydroxythiophenol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.22 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). 4-(Methylthio)thiophenol (206 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (197 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.12 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-methanesulfanyl-phenylsulfanyl)-butyric acid methyl ester resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and 70% tert-buthylhydroperoxide (0.49 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (24 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-methanesulfanyl-phenylsulfanyl)-butyric acid methyl ester resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and mCPBA (87 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-methanesulfanyl-phenylsulfanyl)-butyric acid methyl ester from resin

The 4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-methanesulfanyl-phenylsulfanyl)-butyric acid methyl ester resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The ration was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. 77% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 316 (M+H) + .

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 132-139 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 131.

EXAMPLE 132

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-(4-methanesulfinyl-phenylsulfinyl)-butyric acid hydroxyamide

79% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 348 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 133

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenylsulfonyl)-butyric acid hydroxyamide

78% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 380 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 134

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfanyl)-butyric acid hydroxyamide

93% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 135

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfinyl)-butyric acid hydroxyamide

80% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 136

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid hydroxyamide

77% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 137

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfanyl)-butyric acid hydroxyamide

93% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 138

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfinyl)-butyric acid hydroxyamide

72% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 139

4-Hydroxycarbamoyl-4-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-butyric acid hydroxyamide

90% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 140

2-(3-methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-decanoic acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (4.5 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (40 mL). 2-Bromo-decanoic acid (4.07 g, 3.0 eq.) HOBt (4.4 g, 6.0 eq.) and DIC (3.4 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 3-methoxy-benzenethiol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.22 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). 3-Methoxy-benzenethiol (185 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (197 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.12 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

2-(3-Methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (0.49 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (24 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

2-(3-Methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and mCPBA (87 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 2-(3-methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide from resin

The 2-(3-methoxy-benzenesulfanyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. 89% @ 215 nm.

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 141-145 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 140.

EXAMPLE 141

2-(3-Methoxy-benzenesulfinyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide

96% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 142

2-(3-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide

96% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 143

2-(4-methanesulfanyl-benzenesulfanyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide

85% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 342 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 144

2-(4-methanesulfinyl-benzenesulfinyl)decanoic acid hydroxamide

86% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 374 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 145

2-(4-methanesulfonyl-benzenesulfonyl)decanoic add hydroxamide

92% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 146

3-benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methanesulfanyl-benzenesulfanyl)-propionamide

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-3-benzyloxy propionic acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (4.5 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (40 mL). S-2-Bromo-3-benzyloxy-propionic acid (4.2 g, 3.0 eq.) HOBT (4.4 g, 6.0 eq.) and DIC (3.4 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 4-(methylthio)thiophenol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.22 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). 4-(Methylthio)thiophenol (206 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (197 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.12 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL).The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

3-Benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methanesulfanyl-benzenesulfanyl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (0.49 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (24 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

3-Benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methanesulfanyl-benzenesulfanyl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and mCPBA (87 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room texture for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 3-benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methanesulfanyl-benzenesulfanyl)-propionamide from resin

The 3-benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methanesulfanyl-benzenesulfanyl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrate 76% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 350 (M+H) + .

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 147-151 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 146.

EXAMPLE 147

3-Benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methanesulfinyl-benzenesulfinyl)-propionamide

70% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 382 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 148

3-Benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(4-methanesulfonyl-benzenesulfonyl)-propionamide

63% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 414 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 149

3-Benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(2-chloro-benzylsulfanyl)-propionamide

90% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 150

3-Benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(2-chloro-benzylsulfinyl)-propionamide

70% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 151

3-Benzyloxy-N-hydroxy-2-(2-chloro-benzylsulfonyl)-propionamide

72% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 152

2-(2-bromo-benzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-propionamide

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-propionic acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (4.5 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (40 mL). S-2-Bromo-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-propionic acid (3.55 g, 3.0 eq.) HOBt (4.4 g, 6.0 eq.) and DIC (3.4 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 2-bromothiophenol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.22 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). 2-Bromothiophenol (249 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (197 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.12 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

2-(2-Bromo-benzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-(3H-imidazol-4yl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (0.49 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (24 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

2-(2-Bromo-benzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-(3H-imidazol-yl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and mCPBA (87 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 2-(2-bromo-benzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-(3H-imidazol-4yl)-propionamide from resin

The 2-(2-bromo-benzenesulfanyl)-N-hydroxy-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-propionamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. 86% @ 215 nm.

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 153-154 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 152.

EXAMPLE 153

2-(4-bromo-benzenesulfinyl)-N-hydroxy-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-propionamide

69% @ 215 nm

EXAMPLE 154

2-(4-chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-N-hydroxy-3-(3H-imidazol-4-yl)-propionamide.

EXAMPLE 155

2-(3-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-5-guanidino-pentanic acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (4.5 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (40 mL). S-2-Bromo-5-guanidino-pentanic acid (3.85 g, 3.0 eq.) HOBt (4.4 g, 6.0 eq.) and DIC (3.4 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 3-fluorothiophenol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.22 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (2 mL). 3-Fluorothiophenol (169 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (197 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.12 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

2-(3-Fluorophenylsulfanyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (0.49 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (24 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

2-(3-Fluorophenylsulfanyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.5 mL) and mCPBA (87 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 2-(3-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide from resin

The 2-(3-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated 93% @ 215 nm.

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 156-159 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 155:

EXAMPLE 156

2-(3-Fluorophenylsulfinyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

80% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 317 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 157

2-(2-Bromosulfanyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

92% @ 220 nm; 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.90 (brs, 2 H), 10.41 (brs, 1H), 7.95 (brs, 1 H), 7.66-7.14 (m, 5 H), 3.72 (q, 1 H), 3.13 (q, 2 H), 1.90-1.66 (m, 2 H), 1.58-1.43 (2 H).

EXAMPLE 158

2-(2-Bromosulfinyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

79% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 379 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 159

2-(2-Bromosulfonyl)-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid hydroxyamide

1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ8.03-7.45 (m, 5 H), 4.52 (q, 1 H), 3.16 (q, 2 H), 2.07-1.90 (m, 2 H), 1.66-1.59 (2 H).

EXAMPLE 160

2-(2,5-dichlorobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

Step A: Coupling of 2-bromo-octanoic acid to hydroxylamine resin

4-O-Methylhydroxylamine-phenoxymethyl-copoly(styrene-1%-divinylbenzene)-resin 1 (10.0 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in DMF (80 mL). 2-Bromo-octanoic acid (8.4 g, 3.0 eq.) HOBt (8.8 g, 6.0 eq.) and DIC (7.2 mL, 4.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 2-16 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DMF (3×20 mL). A sample of resin was removed and subjected to the Kaiser test. If the test showed the presence of free amine (resin turned blue) the coupling described above was repeated, otherwise the resin was washed with DCM (3×20 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Displacement of bromide with 2,5-dichlorothiophenol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Step A (0.45 g, 1.2 meq/g) was placed in a 20 mL scintillation vial and suspended in THF (6 mL). 2,5-Dichlorothiophenol (483 mg, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (404 mg, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 0.24 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a polypropylene syringe barrel fitted with a polypropylene frit, filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×2 mL), DMF (2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

2-(2,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (150 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (1.0 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (50 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

2-(2,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (150 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL) and mCPBA (180 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 2-(2,5-dichlorobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide from resin

The 2-(2,5-dichlorobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (73 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated 92% @ 215 nm; 1 H NMR (DMSO d-6) δ10.96 (brs, 1 H), 9.26 (brs, 1 H), 7.93-7.76 (m, 3 H), 4.07 (q, 1 H), 2.04-1.85 (m, 1 H), 1.78-1.64 (m, 1 H), 132-1.09 (m, 8 H), 0.81 (t,3H).

The hydroxamic acids of Examples 161-167 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 160.

EXAMPLE 161

2-(2,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

96% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 162

2-(3-Methoxybenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

86% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 298 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 163

2-(3-Methoxybenzenesulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

96% @ 220 nm.

EXAMPLE 164

2-(3-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

83% @ 220 nm.

EXAMPLE 165

2-(3,4-Dimethoxybenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

87% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 328 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 166

2-(3,4-Dimethoxybenzenesulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

90% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 167

2-(3,4-Dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

87% @ 215 nm.

The hydroxamic acid compounds of Examples 168-198 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 160. The crude products are dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1:1, 2 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC under the conditions described below:

Column: ODS-A, 20 mm×50 mm, 5 μm particle size (YMC, Inc. Wilmington, N.C.)

	Solvent Gradient	Time	Water	Acetonitrile
		0.0	95	5
		25 min.	5	95
	Flow Rate: 15 mL/min.

EXAMPLE 168

2-(2-Benzimidazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

81% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 308 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 169

2-(2-Benzooxazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

72% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 309 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 170

2-(2-Benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

72% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 325 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 171

2-(2-Pyridine-2-sulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

76% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 269 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 172

2-(4-Phenyl-thiazole-2-sulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 336 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 173

2-(2-Pyridin-2-yl-ethylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

84% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electospray) m/z 297 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 174

2-(2-Phenyl-5H-tetrazol-5-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

67% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 338 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 175

2-(2-Pyrazin-2-yl-ethylsilfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

98% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 298 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 176

2-(1-Methyl-1H-tetrazol-5-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

66% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electospray) m/z 274 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 177

2-(2-Benzimidazol-2-ylsulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

81% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 178

2-(2-Pyridine-2-sulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

76% @ 215 nm;.

EXAMPLE 179

2-(4Phenyl-thiazole-2-sulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

78% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 180

2-(2-Pyrazin-2-yl-ethylsulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

96% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 314 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 181

2-(3-Oxy-1H-benzimidazole-2-sulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

63% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 356 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 182

2-(4-Phenyl-thiazole-2-sulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

70% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 383 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 183

2-[2-(1-Oxy-pyridin-2-yl-ethanesulfonyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

77% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 345 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 184

3-(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-benzoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 312 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 185

3-[4-(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide

90% @ 220 mm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 340 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 186

2-(Thiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

75% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 275 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 187

2-(2,5-Dioxo-imidazolidin-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

98% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 304 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 188

3-(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfinyl)-benzoicacid hydroxyamide

84% @ 220nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 328 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 189

3-[4-(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfinyl)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide

78% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 356 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 190

2-(Quinoline-8-sulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

87% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 335 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 191

2-(Naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoylmethanesulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

83% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 391 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 192

3-(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfonyl)-benzoic acid hydroxyamide

72% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 193

3-[4-(1-Hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfonyl)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide

67% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 194

2-(1H-Imidazole-2-sulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

95% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 290 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 195

2-(Thiazol-2-ylsulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

91% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 307 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 196

2-(Quinoline-8-sulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

94% @ 220 nm; LMS (API-electrospray) m/z 351 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 197

2-(Naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoylmethanesulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

79% @ 220 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 407 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 198

2-(2,5-Dioxo-imidazolidin-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 199

Step A: Displacement of bromide with 4-fluorothiophenol

The 2-bromo hydroxymate resin prepared in Example 160, Step A (9.4 g, 1.2 meq/g) was place in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in THF (50 mL). 4-Fluorothiophenol (6.6 g, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (7.7 g, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 4.6 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours, then filtered and washed with DMF (2×30 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×30 mL), DMF (30 mL), MeOH (2×20 mL), and DCM (2×20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Coupling of 2-(4-fluorobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin with benzyl alcohol

2-(4-Fluorobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step A (330 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DMF (2.0 mL) and benzyl alcohol (731 mg, 15 eq.) and sodium hydride (237 mg, 15 eq.) were added. The reaction was heated to 80° C. for 15 hours while shaking on an orbital shaker. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×3 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

2-(4-Benzyloxy-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (110 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (2.2 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (0.73 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (36 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

2-(4-Benzyloxy-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (110 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (2.2 mL) and mCPBA (132 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×2 mL), DMF (2×2 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 2-(4-benzyloxy-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide from resin

The 2-(4benzyloxy-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (110 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. The crude product was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1:1, 2 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC under the conditions described below:

Column: ODS-A, 20 mm×50 mm, 5 μm particle size (YMC, Inc. Wilmington, N.C.)

	Solvent Gradient	Time	Water	Acetonitrile
		0.0	95	5
		25 min.	5	95
	Flow Rate: 15 mL/min.

2-(4-Benzyloxy-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 374 (M+H) + .

The hydroxamic acid compounds of Examples 200-220 are synthesized using appropriate staring materials and following the steps in example 199:

EXAMPLE 200

2-(4-Butoxy-benzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 374 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 201

2-[4-(2-Piperazine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzenesulfanyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

98% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 340 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 202

2-[4-(5-Hydroxy-pentyloxy)-phenylsulfanyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

65% @ 215 nm.; LCMS (API-electospray) m/z 370 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 203

2-[4-(3-Pyridin-2-yl-propoxy)-benzenesulfanyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

95% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 403 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 204

2-(4-Benzyloxy-phenylsulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 205

2-(4Butoxy-benzenesulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

98% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 206

2-[4-(2-Piperazine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzenesulfinyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

98% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 207

2-[4-(3-Pyridin-2-yl-propoxy)-benzenesulfinyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

99% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 208

2-(4-Benzyloxy-phenylsulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 209

2-(4-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 210

2-[4-(2-Piperazine-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 211

2-[4-(3-Pyridin-2-yl-propoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 212

2-[4-(1-Methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-benzenesulfanyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

91% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 367 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 213

2-[4-(1-Ethyl-propoxy)-benzenesulfanyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 354 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 214

2-[4-(Tetrahydro-pyran-4-yloxy)-benzenesulfanyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 368 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 215

2-[4-(1-Methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-benzenesulfinyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

96% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 216

2-[4-(1-Ethyl-propoxy)-benzenesulfinyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 217

2-[4-(Tetrahydro-pyran-4-yloxy)-benzenesulfinyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 218

2-[4-(1-Methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

96% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 219

2-[4-(1-Ethyl-propoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 220

2-[4-(Tetrahydro-pyran-4-yloxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm.

EXAMPLE 221

Step A: Displacement of bromide with 4-bromothiophenol

The 2-bromo-octanoic acid hydroxymate resin prepared in Example 160, Step A (5.0 g, 1.1 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in THF (60 mL). 4-Bromothiophenol (5.2 g, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (4.1 g, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 2.5 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours, then filtered and washed with DMF (2×30 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×30 mL), DMF (30 mL), MeOH (2×30 mL), and DCM (2×30 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

2-(4-Bromobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step A (4.4 g, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (60 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (30 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (1.5 g) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×30 mL), DMF (2×30 mL), MeOH (2×30 mL), and DCM (2×30 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

2-(4-Bromobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (4.4 g, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (60 mL) and mCPBA (5.2 g) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×30 mL), DMF (2×30 mL), MeOH (2×30 mL), and DCM (2×30 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Coupling of 2-(4-bromobenzenesulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin with 4-chlorobenzeneboronic acid

2-(4-Bromobenzenesulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step B (150 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DME (2.0 mL) and nitrogen gas bubbled through the suspension for 1-2 minutes. 4-Chlorobenzeneboronic acid (51.6 mg, 2 eq.), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (19.07 mg, 0.1 eq.) and sodium carbonate (2 M solution, 0.825 mL, 10 eq.) were added. The reaction was heated to 80° C. for 8 hours while shaking on an orbital shaker. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and washed with DME (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×3 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of 2-(4′-chloro-biphenyl-4-sulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide from resin

The 2-(4′-chloro-biphenyl-4-sulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step D (150 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. The crude product was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1:1,2 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC under the conditions described below:

Column: ODS-A, 20 mm×50 mm, 5 μm particle size (YMC, Inc. Wilmington, N.C.)

	Solvent Gradient	Time	Water	Acetonitrile
		0.0	95	5
		25 min.	5	95
	Flow Rate: 15 mL/min.

2-(4′-Chloro-biphenyl-4-sulfinyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide 96% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 394 (M+H) + .

The hydroxamic acid compounds of Examples 222-224 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 221:

EXAMPLE 222

2-[4-(5-Chloro-thiophen-2-yl)-benzenesulfinyl]octanoic acid hydroxyamide

100% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 400 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 223

2-(4′-Chloro-biphenyl-4-sulfonyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

94% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 410 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 224

2-[4-(5-Chloro-thiophen-2-yl)-benzenesulfonyl]octanoic acid hydroxyamide

85% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 416 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 225

Step A: Coupling of 2-(4-bromobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin with N-(3-aminopropyl)-morpholine

2-(4-Bromobenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Example 199, Step A (100 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in dioxane (2.0 mL) and nitrogen gas bubbled through the suspension for 1-2 minutes. N-(3-Aminopropyl)-morpholine (346 mg, 20 eq.), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0) (22 mg, 0.2 eq.), (S)-(−)-2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl((S)-BINAP, 60 mg, 0.8 eq.) and sodium tert-butoxide (207 mg, 18 eq.) were added. The reaction was heated to 80° C. for 8 hours while shaking on an orbital shaker. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and washed with DMF (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×3 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Cleavage of 2-[4-(3-morpholin-4-yl-propylamino)-phenylsulfanyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide from resin

The 2-[4-(3-morpholin-4-yl-propylamino)-phenylsulfanyl]octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step A (100 mg, 1.1 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated. The crude product was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1:1, 2 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC under the conditions described below:

Column: ODS-A, 20 mm×50 mm, 5 μm particle size (YMC, Inc. Wilmington, N.C.)

	Solvent Gradient	Time	Water	Acetonitrile
		0.0	95	5
		25 min.	5	95
	Flow Rate: 15 mL/min.

2-[4(3-morpholin-4-yl-propylamino)-phenylsulfanyl]-octanoic acid hydroxyamide 88% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 410 (M+H) + .

The hydroxamic acid compounds of Examples 226-231 are synthesized using appropriate staring materials and following the steps in this example:

EXAMPLE 226

2-[4-(Biphenyl-4-ylamino)-phenylsulfanyl]octanoic acid hydroxyamide

95% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 435 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 227

2-[4-(Pyridin-4-ylamino)-phenylsulfanyl]octanoic acid hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 360 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 228

2-(4-Cyclopentylamino-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

77% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 351 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 229

2-(4-Methylamino-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

99% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electospray) m/z 297 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 230

2-(4-Piperidin-1-yl-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

72% @ 215 mm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 351 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 231

2-(4-Piperazin-1-yl-phenylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide

74% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 352 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 232

Step A: Displacement of bromide with 4-hydroxythiophenol

The 2-bromo-octanoic acid hydroxymate resin prepared in Example 160, Step A (15.0 g, 1.1 meq/g) was placed in a peptide synthesis vessel and suspended in THF (120 mL). 4-Hydroxythiophenol (11.3 g, 5.0 eq.), sodium iodide (13.5 g, 5.0 eq.) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 8.1 mL, 3.0 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken at room temperature for 12-16 hours, then filtered and washed with DMF (2×60 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×60 mL), DMF (60 mL), MeOH (2×60 mL), and DCM (2×60 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step B: Coupling of 2-(4hydroxybenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin with benzene sulfonyl chloride

2-(4-Hydroxybenzenesulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide resin prepared in Step A (240 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3.0 mL). Benzene sulfonyl chloride (225 mg, 5 eq.), and triethylamine (0.06 mL, 2 eq.) were added. The reaction was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 8 hours, then filtered and washed with DME (2×2 mL), DMF:water 9:1 (2×3 mL), MeOH (2×2 mL), and DCM (2×2 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step C: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfoxide

Benzenesulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-phenyl ester resin prepared in Step B (80 mg, 12 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3 mL) and 70% tert-butylhydroperoxide (1 mL) benzenesulfonic acid (23 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×3 mL), DMF (2×3 mL), MeOH (2×3 mL), and DCM (2×3 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step D: Oxidation of sulfide to sulfone

Benzenesulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-phenyl ester resin prepared in Step B (80 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (3 mL) and mCPBA (84 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken on an orbital shaker at room temperature for 12-24 hours. The reaction was filtered and washed with DCM (2×3 mL), DMF (2×3 mL), MeOH (2×3 mL), and DCM (2×3 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo at room temperature.

Step E: Cleavage of benzenesulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-phenyl ester resin

The benzenesulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-phenyl ester resin prepared in Step B (80 mg, 1.2 meq/g) was suspended in DCM (1.0 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL) was added. The reaction was shaken for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the resin washed with DCM (2×1 mL). The filtrate and the washing were combined and concentrated to dryness on a Savant SpeedVac Plus. Methanol (1 mL) was added and the mixture concentrated.The crude product was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1:1, 2 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC under the conditions described below:

Column: ODS-A, 20 mm×50 mm, 5 μm particle size (YMC, Inc. Wilmington, N.C.)

	Solvent Gradient	Time	Water	Acetonitrile
		0.0	95	5
		25 min.	5	95
	Flow Rate: 15 mL/min.

Benzenesulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-phenyl ester 91% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 424 (M+H) + .

The hydroxamic acid compounds of Examples 233-240 are synthesized using appropriate starting materials and following the steps in example 232:

EXAMPLE 233

2,5-Dichloro-thiophene-3-sulfonic acid 4- (1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-hydroxyamide

98% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 498 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 234

Ethanesulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfanyl)-hydroxyamide

72% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 376 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 235

5-Chloro-1,3dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-sulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfinyl)-hydroxyamide

99% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 492 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 236

2,5-Dichloro-thiophene-3-sulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfinyl)-hydroxyamide

96% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 514 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 237

5-Pyridin-2-yl-thiophene-2-sulfonic acid 4(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfinyl)-hydroxy amide

96% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 523 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 238

2-Nitro-benzenesulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfonyl)-hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 501 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 239

3-Bromo-2-chloro-thiophene-2-sulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfonyl)-hydroxyamide

97% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 576 (M+H) + .

EXAMPLE 240

Benzo[1,2,5]thiadiazole-4-sulfonic acid 4-(1-hydroxycarbamoyl-heptylsulfonyl)-hydroxyamide

83% @ 215 nm; LCMS (API-electrospray) m/z 514 (M+H) + .

References

1 Rickter, L. S.; Desai, M. C. Tetrahedron Letters, 1997, 38, 321-322.

Pharmacology

In Vitro Gelatinase Assay

The assay is based on the cleavage of the thiopeptide substrate ((Ac-Pro-Leu-Gly(2 mercapto-4-methyl-pentanoyl)-Leu-Gy-OEt), Bachem Bioscience) by the enzyme, gelatinase, releasing the substrate product which reacts colorimetrically with DTNB ((5,5′-dithio-bis(2-nitro-benzoic acid)). The enzyme activity is measured by the rate of the color increase.

The thiopeptide substrate is made up fresh as a 20 mM stock in 100% DMSO and the DTNB is dissolved in 100% DMSO as a 100 mM stock and stored in dark at room temperature. Both the substrate and DTNB are diluted together to 1 mM with substrate buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 5 mM CaCl 2 ) before use. The stock of human neutrophil gelatinase B is diluted with assay buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 5 mM CaCl 2 , 0.02% Brij) to a final concentration of 0.15 nM.

The assay buffer, enzyme, DTNB/substrate (500 μM final concentration) and vehicle or inhibitor are added to a 96 well plate (total reaction volume of 200 μl) and the increase in color is monitored spectrophotometrically for 5 minutes at 405 nm on a plate reader.

The increase in OD 405 is plotted and the slope of the line is calculated which represents the reaction rate.

The linearity of the reaction rate is confirmed (r 2 >0.85). The mean (x±sem) of the control rate is calculated and compared for statistical significance (p<0.05) with drug-treated rates using Dunnett's multiple comparison test Dose-response relationships can be generated using multiple doses of drug and IC 50 values with 95% CI are estimated using linear regression (IPRED, HTB).

References: Weingarten, H and Feder, J., Spectrophotometric assay for vertebrate collagenase, Anal. Biochem. 147, 437-440 (1985).

In Vitro Collagenase Assay

The assay is based on the cleavage of a peptide substrate ((Dnp-Pro-Cha-Gly-Cys(Me)-His-Ala-Lys(NMa)-NH 2 ), Peptide International, Inc.) by collagenase releasing the fluorescent NMa group which is quantitated on the fluorometer. Dnp quenches the NMa fluorescence in the intact substrate. The assay is run in HCBC assay buffer (50 nM HEPES, pH 7.0, 5 mM Ca +2 , 0.02% Brij, 0.5% Cysteine), with human recombinant fibroblast collagenase (truncated, mw=18,828, WAR, Radnor). Substrate is dissolved in methanol and stored frozen in 1 mM aliquots. Collagenase is stored frozen in buffer in 25 μM aliquots. For the assay, substrate is dissolved in HCBC buffer to a final concentration of 10 μM and collagenase to a final concentration of 5 nM. Compounds are dissolved in methanol, DMSO, or HCBC. The methanol and DMSO are diluted in HCBC to <1.0%. Compounds are added to the 96 well plate containing enzyme and the reaction is started by the addition of substrate.

The reaction is read (excitation 340 nm, emission 444 nm) for 10 min. and the increase in fluorescence over time is plotted as a linear line. The slope of the line is calculated and represents the reaction rate.

The linearity of the reaction rate is confirmed (r 2 >0.85). The mean (x±sem) of the control rate is calculated and compared for statistical significance (p<0.05) with drug-treated rates using Dunnett's multiple comparison test. Dose-response relationships can be generated using multiple doses of drug and IC 50 values with 95% CI are estimated using linear regression (IPRED, HTB).

References: Bicket, D. M. et al., A high throughput fluorogenic substrate for interstitial collagenase (MMP-1) and gelatinase (MMP-9), Anal. Biochem. 212,58-64 (1993).

Procedure for Measuring TACE Inhibition

Using 96-well black microtiter plates, each well receives a solution composed of 10 μL TACE (Immunex, final concentration 1 μg/mL), 70 μL Tris buffer, pH 7.4 containing 10% glycerol (final concentration 10 mM), and 10 μL of test compound solution in DMSO (final concentration 1 μM, DMSO concentration <1%) and incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. The reaction is initiated by addition of a fluorescent peptidyl substrate (final concentration 100 μM) to each well and then shaking on a shaker for 5 sec.

The reaction is read (excitation 340 nm, emission 420 nm) for 10 min. and the increase in fluorescence over time is plotted as a linear line. The slope of the line is calculated and represents the reaction rate.

The linearity of the reaction rate is confirmed (r 2 >0.85). The mean (x±sem) of the control rate is calculated and compared for statistical significance (p<0.05) with drug-treated rates using Dunnett's multiple comparison test. Dose-response relationships can be generate using multiple doses of drug and IC 50 values with 95% CI are estimated using linear regression

The results obtained following these standard experimental test procedures are presented in the following table.

	IC 50 (nM or % inhibition at 1 micromolar)
Example	MMP 1	MMP 9	MMP 13	TACE
1	NT	559.6	193.3	31.62%
2	NT	10.50%	0%	403
3	NT	308.9	169.4	27.43%
4	371	22.20%	17.10%	21%
5	NT	7.7	4.7	25%
6	267	21.4	15.6	40.43%
7	844	72.9	42.1	33%
8	NT	346	307.9	47%
9	313	107	NT	20.30%
10	8%	128	64	54.75%
11	18.80%	2925	319	942
12	100	10.8	11	15.50%
13	239	11	14	626
14	158	23	8	17.18%
15	285	17	4	137
16	325	9	24	180
17	238.6	8.9	1.4	41.00%
18	540	18.9	11.5	29.2%
19	446	95.8	4.8	33.1%
20	423	14.6	18.7	31%
21	318	13.2	15.3	39%
22	219	3.2	2.5	30%
23	593	7.9	4.0	40.6%
24	413	20.9	31.3	47.5
25	262	26.7	8.0	NT
26	304.6	6.3	3.2	34.6
27	629	106	30.1	NT
28	761	3.1	2.0	30.6%
29	297	4.3	3.6	41%
30	397	8.1	5.7	25.2%
31	162	15.2	5.7	688
32	13.7	3.7	1.0	NT
33	318	53.9	18.4	23.9%
34	519.8	34.7	26.1	28.1%
35	455.8	233.6	48.2	44.9
36	622	83.8	20.7	826
37	9%	31.6%	14.3%	87
38	48.3%	1.7%	5.8%	55.1%
39	29.4%	35.2%	26.6%	69.4
40	583	197	14	160
41	100	10.8	11	15.50%
42	262	50.9	6.2	36.5
43	66.1%	34.7%	55.5%	46.6%
44	47.1%	36.9%	39.5%	14.9%
45	49%	48.6%	36.7%	20.4%
46	78.9%	79.12%	84.7%	1.4%
47	17.1%	12.9%	7.12%	3.3%
48	99.1%	79.1%	85.4%	51.1%
49	10.1%	23.7%	54.6%	NT
50	51.1	58.4	10.6	NT
51	178.1	10.4	13.1	48.14%
52	139.3	7.9	9.1	NT
53	647.9	27.80%	188	52.57%
54	110	66	21	55.10%
55	303	10	7	21.70%
56	299	16	12	65%
57	258	332	191	16.57%
58	211	35	39	7.70%
59	30.20%	447	141	24.86%
60	NT	184	NT	23.60%
61	258	38	22	17.21%
62	522	174	43	669
63	156	9	3	203
64	40.90%	25.60%	36.70%	29.70%
65	1000	63	13	42.21%
66	1600	131	226	42.33%
67	364	2.3	43.7	690
68	297	29	27	522
69	574.5	120.2	90	41.32%
70	1139	88.80%	127	764
71	1000	63	13	42.21%
72	117	11	1	51.64%
73	300	141	12	20.17%
74	138.1	9.2	4.3	47.86%
75	672.3	83.4	32.7	23.77%
76	805	NT	500	NT
77	205.5	NT	170	NT
78	262	560	34	24.58%
79	25	0.54	0.4	805
80	22.1%	26%	63.6%	191
81a	2036	230.9	43.9	27.1
81b	3765	154	15.7	228
82	237.6	19.4	5.1	34.5%
83	492	10.2	2.0	229
84	519	8.8	2.0	213
85	450	5.8	1.5	115
86	494	16.8	1.5	222
87	368	5.0	1.6	170.7
88	1329	12.8	3.1	610
89	1389	38.6	7.0	49%
90	598	10.3	2.2	71.9
91	1929	13.3	10.8	503
92	59.6%	649	148	9.7
93	56.3%	452	38	15.8%
94	2640	138	28.6	22.9
95	3681	364	33.1	25.4%
96	4437	374	33.8	18.1
97	5109	484	43.7	20.20%
98	2383	3.8	1.2	154
99	656	16.2	2.4	250
100	4729	19.1	5.3	39.5%
101	642	12.3	2.1	197
102	662	33.7	1.9	53%
103	1306	45.1	8.8	470
104	2610	3.1	1.4	208
105	1214	44.2	4.1	50.2%
106	3788	5.1	0.9	631
107	629	26.8	2.5	293
108	2896	5.4	1.7	270
109	393	2.7	2.5	386

Compounds prepared by solid phase synthesis Data: for Examples 110 to 240

			MMP 13 %	MMP 13 %
			inhibition	inhibition	TACE %
Example			at 0.2 μM	at 0.2 μM	inhibition
No	MMP 1	MMP 9	(HTS)	(manual)	at 1 mM
110			75		17.6
111			10		40.4
112			50		33.7
113			0		13.1
114			0		0
115			0		0
116			0		9.1
117			7		8.1
118			24		16.7
119			0		7.8
120			31		19.9
121			0		6.1
122			0		3.1
123			0		2.5
124			0		0
125			5		2.3
126			25		10.4
127			47		29.2
128	1.9 mM	213 nM	91	255 nM	19.31
129			90		32.77
130			28		27.9
131			71		20.73
132			71		20.76
133			53		22.04
134			25		−9.31
135			79		42.67
136			89		42.69
137			83		13.35
138			20		5.284
139			8		28.05
140			29		−4.22
141			32		11.76
142			69		54.27
143			53		43.9
144			38		19.7
145			45		2.5
146			68		7.317
147			73		11.95
148			15		43.46
149			13		4.408
150			54		1.818
151			6		5.927
152			9		10.03
153			12		11.8
154			89		13.14
155			31		18.62
156			23		−2.09
157			19		13.7
158			33		−7.48
159			49		5.852
160			14		−3.57
161			0		12.7
162			13		0
163			84		9.515
164			74		62.69
165			71		73.7
166			9		4.16
167			27		8.961
168			21		3.688

			MMP 13
	MMP 13 %	MMP 13 %	%		TACE
	inhibition	inhibition	inhibition	%
Example	at 36 nM	at 0.36 nM	at 3.6 mM	TACE	inhibition
No.	(HTS)	(HTS)	(HTS)	IC 50 nM	at 1 mM
169	28	40	72		41.7
170	32	49	90		25.5
171	31	38	48		16.6
172	34	32	42		29.4
173	18	46	56		25.5
174	10	19	40		27.7
175	16	20	37		32.9
176	6	5	16		26.6
177	5	1	9		38.5
178	−10	74	39		26
179	12	32	60		42.7
180	14	19	45		34.4
181	6	35	62		15.7
182	−9	−8	7		28.6
183	−6	12	70		34.6
184	16	24	44		24.8
185	9	0	23		7.21
186	−14	4	35		19.5
187	−14	−12	20		85.5
188	−27	−24	4		16.2
189	−30	−18	−9		14.
190	−35	−28	−13		38.3
191	−45	−3	22		2.9
192	−32	5	61		33.2
193	−32	−15	56		14.9
194	−17	−8	5		5.4
195	−9	−2	10		27.0
196	−18	1	11		35.7
197	−33	−26	−3		17.8
198	−39	−7	15		17.1
199	−10	−7	30		−1.0
200					37.9
201					50.9
202					10.6
203					32.8
204					7.75
205					84.0
206					89.8
207					−6.3
208					67.7
209					31.2
210					52.2
211					20.7
212					56.0
213					−17.5
214					11.03
215				895	60.12
216					2.49
217					55.1
218				380	68.7
219					7.3
220				256	53.1
221				146	98.9
222				212	89.3
223				226	107.3
224				404	75.0
225				96.6	114.3
226	28	22	28		2.2
227	15	−16	−22		7.3
228	37	28	65		6.8
229	29	17	33		34.4
230	29	31	26	700	72.1
231	23	13	5		41.6
232	30	17	42		20.8
233	33	29	46		19.8
234	26	28	40		18.4
235	59	70	70		48.3
236	44	44	64		35
237	55	65	72		38.2
238	22	11	24	930	54.4
239	54	74	83		45.9
240	48	51	46		40.3

Pharmaceutical Composition

Compounds of this invention may be administered neat or with a pharmaceutical carrier to a patient in need thereof. The pharmaceutical carrier may be solid or liquid.

Applicable solid carriers can include one or more substances which may also act as flavoring agents, lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, fillers, glidants, compression aids, binders or tablet-disintegrating agents or an encapsulating material. In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in admixture with the finely divided active ingredient In tablets, the active ingredient is mixed with a carrier having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. The powders and tablets preferably contain up to 99% of the active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers include for example, calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes and ion exchange resins.

Liquid carriers may be used in preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups and elixirs. The active ingredient of this invention can be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fat. The liquid carrier can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such a solubilizers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers or osmo-regulators. Suitable examples of liquid carriers for oral and parenteral administration include water (particularly containing additives as above, e.g., cellulose derivatives, preferable sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g., glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil). For parenteral administration the carrier can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate. Sterile liquid carriers are used in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral administration.

Liquid pharmaceutical compositions which are sterile solutions or suspensions can be utilized by, for example, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection. Sterile solutions can also be administered intravenously. Oral administration may be either liquid or solid composition form.

The compounds of this invention may be administered rectally in the form of aconventional suppository. For administration by intranasal or intrabronchial inhalation or insufflation, the compounds of this invention may be formulated into an aqueous or partially aqueous solution, which can then be utilized in the form of an aerosol The compounds of this invention may also be administered transdermally through the use of a transdermal patch containing the active compound and a carrier that is inert to the active compound, is non-toxic to the skin, and allows delivery of the agent for systemic absorption into the blood stream via the skin. The carrier may take any number of forms such as creams and ointments, pastes, gels, and occlusive devices. The creams and ointments may be viscous liquid or semi-solid emulsions of either the oil in water or water in oil type. Pastes comprised of absorptive powders dispersed in petroleum or hydrophilic petroleum containing the active ingredient may also be suitable. A variety of occlusive devices may be used to release the active ingredient into the blood stream such as a semipermeable membrane covering a reservoir containing the active ingredient with or without a carrier, or a matrix containing the active ingredient Other occlusive devices are known in the literature.

The dosage to be used in the treatment of a specific patient suffering from a disease or condition in which MMPs and TACE are involved must be subjectively determined by the attending physician. The variables involved include the severity of the dysfunction, and the size, age, and response pattern of the patient. Treatment will generally be initiated with small dosages less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter the dosage is increased until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. Precise dosages for oral, parenteral, nasal or intrabronchial administration will be determined by the administering physician based on experience with the individual subject treated and standard medical principles.

Preferably the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage form, e.g., as tablets or capsules. In such form, the composition is sub-divided in unit dose containing appropriate quantities of the active ingredient, the unit dosage form can be packaged compositions, for example packed powders, vials, ampoules, prefilled syringes or sachets containing liquids. The unit dosage form can be, for example, a capsule or tablet itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any such compositions in package form.

Claims

1. A compound according to formula I wherein:R1 is heteroaryl-(CH2)0-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5, with the proviso that R1 is not pyrimidinyl; A is —S—, —SO— or SO2—; R2 and R3 are independently selected from alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; arylalkyl of 7 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; biphenylalkyl of 13 to 18 carbon atoms, where biphenyl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; arylalkenyl of 8 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; cycloalkylalkyl or bicycloalkylalkyl of 4 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; or heteroaryl-(CH2)0-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R4 is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; C3 to C8 cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R5 is H, C7-C11 aroyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, C1 to C12 alkyl, C2 to C12alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CHO, C1-C6 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C3-C6 alkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C1-C6 alkoxyaryl, C1-C6 alkoxyheteroaryl, C1-C6 alkylamino alkoxy, C1-C2 alkylene dioxy, aryloxy-C1-C6 alkyl amine, C1-12 perfluoro alkyl, S(O)n—C1-C6 alkyl, S(O)n-aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; OCOOalkyl, OCOOaryl, OCONR6, COOH, COO C1-C6 alkyl, COOaryl, CONR6R6, CONHOH,NR6R6, SO2NR6R6, NR6SO2aryl, NR6CONR6R6, NHSO2CF3, SO2NHheteroaryl,SO2NHCOaryl, CONHSO2—C1-C6 alkyl, CONHSO2aryl, SO2NHCOaryl, CONHSO2—C1-C6 alkyl, CONHSO2aryl, NH2, OH, aryl, heteroaryl, C3 to C8 cycloalkyl; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, wherein aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy; and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heteroaryl group and contains a heteroatom selected from O, S, or NR7; R6 is H, C1 to C18 alkyl optionally substituted with OH; C3 to C6 alkenyl, C3 to C6 alkynyl, C1 to C6 perfluoro alkyl, S(O)n—C1-C6 alkyl or aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; or COheteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered mono or bicyclic heteroaryl group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S or N—C1-C6alkyl and aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy; and R7 is R6 or forms a bond; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein:R1 is heteroaryl-(CH2)1-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 6 membered with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5, with the provisio that R1 is not pyrimidinyl; R4 is hydrogen, or alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R5 is H, C7-C11aroyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CHO, C1 to C6 alkyl, C1 to C6 alkoxy, C1 to C6 alkylamino-C1 to C6 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C3 to C6 alkenyloxy, C3 to C6 alkynyloxy, C1-C6 alkoxyaryl, C1-C6 alkoxyheteroaryl, aryloxy-C1 to C6 alkylamino, C1-C2-alkylene dioxy, C1-C6 perfluoro alkyl, S(O)n—C1 to C6 alkyl, S(O)n-aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; OCONR6, COOH, COO—C1 to C6 alkyl, COOaryl, CONR6R6, CONHOH, NR6R6, SO2NR6R6, NR6SO2aryl, NR6CONR6, NHSO2CF3, NH2, OH, aryl, heteroaryl, C3 to C8 cycloalkyl, saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7; wherein aryl is phenyl or naphthyl and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heterocycle having a heteroatom selected from O, S, or NR7; R6 is H, C1 to C6 alkyl optionally substituted with OH; C3 to C6 alkenyl; C3 to C6 alkynyl; C1 to C6 perfluoro alkyl; S(O)n C1 to C6 alkyl or aryl, or COheteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered mono or bicyclic heteroaryl group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S or N—C1-C6 alkyl and aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy; and R7 is R6 or forms a bond; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

3. A compound according to formula I wherein:R1 is pyridyl, thienyl, imidazolyl or furanyl optionally substituted with C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C6-C10 aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy, C3-C6 alkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C1-C6 alkoxyaryl, C1-C6 alkoxyheteroaryl, halogen, S(O)n—C1-C6 alkyl where n is 0, 1 or 2; wherein aryl is phenyl or naphthyl and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heteroaromatic group having a heteroatom selected from O, S, or NR7; R2 is alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, alkynyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds or pyridylalkyl in which the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R3 is alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms; alkenyl of 3 to 10 carbon atoms; alkadienyl of 4 to 14 carbon atoms; alkynyl of 3 to 10 carbon atoms; arylalkyl of 7 to 12 carbon atoms; biphenylalkyl of 13 to 18 carbon atoms; cycloalkylalkyl where the cycloalkyl moiety has 4 to 7 carbon atoms and the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms; piperidinyl-C1-C6 alkoxyaryl-C1-C6 alkyl, phenoxy-C1-C6 alkyl, di(C1-C6)alkylamino-C1-C6 alkoxyaryl-C1-C6 alkyl, morpholinyl-C1-C6 alkoxyaryl-C1-C6 alkyl, or azepanyl-C1-C6 alkoxyaryl-C1-C6 alkyl, or —C1-C6 alkylamino-C1-C6 alkoxyaryl-C1-C6 alkyl arylalkenyl of 8 to 16 carbon atoms; pyridinyl-C1-C6 alkyl or quinolinyl-C1-C6 alkyl; and R4 is hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

4. A compound according to claim 1 which is selected from the group of compounds consisting of:3-[4-(2-dietylamino-ethoxy)-phenyl]-2-(4-furan-2-yl-benzenesulfonyl)-N-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionamide, 2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-octanoic acid hydroxyamide, 2-methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-phenyl-propionic acid hydroxyamide, 2-methyl-2-(2-methyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid hydroxyamide, 2-methyl-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionicacid hydroxyamide, 2-methyl-3-phenyl-2-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-propionic acid hydroxyamide, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

5. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutical carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a matrix metalloproteinase or TACE inhibiting compound according to the formula wherein:R1 is heteroaryl-(CH2)0-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5, with the proviso that R1 is not pyrimidinyl; A is —S—, —SO— or SO2—; R2 and R3 are independently selected from alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having from 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having from 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; arylalkyl of 7 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; biphenylalkyl of 13 to 18 carbon atoms, where biphenyl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; arylalkenyl of 8 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; cycloalkylalkyl or bicycloalkylalkyl of 4 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R8R9N—C1-C6-alkoxyaryl-C1-C6-alkyl where R8 and R9 are independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl or R8 and R9 together with the interposed nitrogen forms a 5-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring optionally containing an oxygen atom, wherein the aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl; or heteroaryl-(CH2)0-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R4 is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; C3 to C8 cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R5 is H, C7-C11 aroyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CHO, C1 to C12 alkyl, C2 to C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C3-C6 alkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C1-C6 alkoxyaryl, C1-C6 alkoxyheteroaryl, C1-C6 alkylamino alkoxy, C1-C2 alkylene dioxy, aryloxy-C1-C6alkyl amine, C1-C12 perfluoro alkyl, S(O)n—C1-C6alkyl or S(O)n-aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; OCOOalkyl, OCOOaryl, OCONR6, COOH, COO—C1-C6alkyl, COOaryl, CONR6R6, CONHOH, NR6R6, SO2NR6R6, NR6SO2aryl, NR6CONR6R6, NHSO2CF3, SO2NHheteroaryl, SO2NHCOaryl, CONHSO2—C1-C6alkyl, CONHSO2aryl, SO2NHCOaryl, CONHSO2—C1-C6alkyl, CONHSO2aryl, NH2, OH, aryl, heteroaryl, C3 to C8 cycloalkyl; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7; wherein aryl is phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heteroaryl group and contains a heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7; R6 is H, C1 to C18 alkyl optionally substituted with OH; C3 to C6 alkenyl, C3 to C6 alkynyl, C1 to C6 perfluoroalkyl, S(O)n—C1-C6 alkyl or aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; or COheteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered mono or bicyclic heteroaryl group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S or N—C1-C6 alkyl and aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy; and R7 is R6 or forms a bond; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

6. A method of treating inhibiting pathological changes mediated by matrix metalloproteinases in mammals which comprises administration to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a matrix metalloproteinase inhibiting compound of the formula wherein:R1 is heteroaryl-(CH2)0-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; A is —S—, —SO— or SO2—; R2 and R3 are independently selected from alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having from 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having from 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; arylalkyl of 7 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; biphenylalkyl of 13 to 18 carbon atoms, where biphenyl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; arylalkenyl of 8 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; cycloalkylalkyl or bicycloalkylalkyl of 4 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R8R9N—C1-C6-alkoxyaryl-C1-C6-alkyl where R8 and R9 are independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl or R8 and R9 together with the interposed nitrogen forms a 5-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring optionally containing an oxygen atom, wherein the aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl; or heteroaryl-(CH2)0-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R4 is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; C3 to C8 cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R5 is H, C7-C11 aroyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CHO, C1 to C12 alkyl, C2 to C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C3-C6 alkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C1-C6 alkoxyaryl, C1-C6 alkoxyheteroaryl, C1-C6 alkylamino alkoxy, C1-C2 alkylene dioxy, aryloxy-C1-C6alkyl amine, C1-C12 perfluoro alkyl, S(O)n—C1-C6alkyl or S(O)n-aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; OCOOalkyl, OCOOaryl, OCONR6, COOH, COO—C1-C6alkyl, COOaryl, CONR6R6, CONHOH, NR6R6, SO2NR6R6, NR6SO2aryl, NR6CONR6R6, NHSO2CF3, SO2NHheteroaryl, SO2NHCOaryl, CONHSO2—C1-C6alkyl, CONHSO2aryl, SO2NHCOaryl, CONHSO2—C1-C6alkyl, CONHSO2aryl, NH2, OH, aryl, heteroaryl, C3 to C8 cycloalkyl; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7; wherein aryl is phenyl onaphthyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heteroaryl group and contains a heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7; R6 is H, C1 to C18 alkyl optionally substituted with OH; C3 to C6 alkenyl, C3 to C6 alkynyl, C1 to C6 perfluoroalkyl, S(O)n—C1-C6 alkyl or aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; or COheteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered mono or bicyclic heteroaryl group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S or N—C1-C6 alkyl and aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy; and R7 is R6 or forms a bond; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

7. A method according to claim 6 wherein the condition treated is atherosclerosis, atherosclerotic plaque formation, reduction of coronary thrombosis from atherosclerotic plaque rupture, restenosis, MMP-mediated osteopenias, inflammatory diseases of the central nervous system, skin aging, angiogenesis, tumor metastasis, tumor growth, osteoartrits, rheumatoid arthritis, septic arthritis, corneal ulceration, abnormal wound healing, bone disease, proteinuria, aneurysmal aortic disease, degenerative cartilage loss following traumatic joint injury, demyelinating diseases of the nervous system, cirrhosis of the liver, glomerular disease of the kidney, premature rupture of fetal membranes, inflammatory bowel disease, or periodontal disease.

8. A method according to claim 6 wherein the condition treated is age related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, proliferative vitreoretinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, ocular inflammation, keratoconus, Sjogren's syndrome, myopia, ocular tumors, ocular angiogenesis/neovascularization and corneal graft rejection.

9. A method of inhibiting pathological changes mediated by TNF-α converting enzyme (TACE) in mammals which comprises administration to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a TACE inhibiting compound of the formula wherein:R1 is heteroaryl-(CH2)0-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; A is —S—, —SO— or SO2—; R2 and R3 are independently selected from alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having from 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having from 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; arylalkyl of 7 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; biphenylalkyl of 13 to 18 carbon atoms, where biphenyl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; arylalkenyl of 8 to 16 carbon atoms, where aryl is optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; cycloalkylalkyl or bicycloalkylalkyl of 4 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R8R9N—C1-C6-alkoxyaryl-C1-C6-alkyl where R8 and R9 are independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl or R8 and R9 together with the interposed nitrogen forms a 5-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring optionally containing an oxygen atom, wherein the aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl; or heteroaryl-(CH2)0-6— wherein the heteroaryl group is 5 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic with one or two heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N and may be optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R4 is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkenyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 double bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; alkynyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 triple bonds, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; C3 to C8 cycloalkyl or bicycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7, optionally substituted with one or two groups selected independently from R5; R5 is H, C7-C11 aroyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CHO, C1 to C12 alkyl, C2 to C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C3-C6 alkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C1-C6 alkoxyaryl, C1-C6 alkoxyheteroaryl, C1-C6 alkylamino alkoxy, C1-C2 alkylene dioxy, aryloxy-C1-C6alkyl amine, C1-C12 perfluoro alkyl, S(O)n—C1-C6alkyl or S(O)n-aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; OCOOalkyl, OCOOaryl, OCONR6, COOH, COO—C1-C6alkyl, COOaryl, CONR6R6, CONHOH, NR6R6, SO2NR6R6, NR6SO2aryl, NR6CONR6R6, NHSO2CF3, SO2NHheteroaryl, SO2NHCOaryl, CONHSO2—C1-C6alkyl, CONHSO2aryl, SO2NHCOaryl, CONHSO2—C1-C6alkyl, CONHSO2aryl, NH2, OH, aryl, heteroaryl, C3 to C8 cycloalkyl; saturated or unsaturated 5 to 10 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle containing one heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7; wherein aryl is phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy and heteroaryl is a 5-7 membered heteroaryl group and contains a heteroatom selected from O, S or NR7; R6 is H, C1 to C18 alkyl optionally substituted with OH; C3 to C6 alkenyl, C3 to C6 alkynyl, C1 to C6 perfluoroalkyl, S(O)n—C1-C6 alkyl or aryl where n is 0, 1 or 2; or COheteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered mono or bicyclic heteroaryl group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S or N—C1-C6 alkyl and aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, optionally substituted by 1 or 2 groups selected from halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or hydroxy; and R7 is R6 or forms a bond; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

10. The method according to claim 9 wherein the condition treated is rheumatoid arthritis, graft rejection, cachexia, anorexia, inflammation, fever, insulin resistance, septic shock, congestive heart failure, inflammatory disease of the central nervous system, inflammatory bowel disease, or HIV infection.